
ePOS-Device XML
Describes the features and development environment.
Describes environment building for ePOS-Device Service.
Describes how to write programs in Web application development.
Describes the ePOS-Device XML.
Describes the device specications.
Describes the sample program.
User’s Manual
M00055625
Rev.Z
Overview
Building Environment
Programming Guide
XML Reference
Device Specifications
Sample Program

2
Cautions
• Unauthorized duplication, copying, reproduction, or modification of any part or all of this document is strictly
prohibited.
• Contents of this manual are subject to change without prior notice. Contact us directly for the most recent
information.
• Every effort is made to ensure that the contents of this manual are without error. Please contact us if any errors
or other issues are found.
• The previous statement notwithstanding, we will not be liable for any negative impact as a result of use.
• Epson shall not be liable for any damages caused as a result of using this product incorrectly, failing to comply
with the content of this document, or having repair or modifications performed by third parties other than
Epson or those specified by Epson.
• Epson shall not be liable for any issues as a result of installing optional parts or consumables that are not gen-
uine Epson parts or parts certified by Epson.
Trademarks
EPSON, EXCEED YOUR VISION, and ESC/POS are registered trademarks of Seiko Epson Corporation.
Windows® registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and other countries.
Android™ is trademark of Google LLC.
Apple, Apple TV, Apple Watch, iPad, iPad Air, iPad Pro, iPhone, and Lightning are trademarks of Apple Inc., regis-
tered in the U.S. and other countries. tvOS is a trademark of Apple Inc.
Xcode®, Safari™ and True Type® are trademarks of Apple Inc. registered in the U.S. and other countries.
IOS is a trademark or registered trademark of Cisco in the U.S. and other countries and is used under license.
Java™ is a registered trademark of Oracle Corporation, its subsidiaries, and affiliates in the U.S. and other coun-
tries.
Eclipse® is a trademark or registered trademark of Eclipse Foundation, Inc.
QR Code® is a registered trademark of DENSO Wave Incorporated.
All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners and used for identification purpose only.
ESC/POS® Command System
Epson has embarked on a global initiative to develop ESC/POS, a unique POS printer command system. ESC/POS
contains a wealth of unique commands, many of which are patent-protected. Our system enables the configura-
tion of versatile POS systems with a high level of scalability. In addition to being compatible with most Epson
POS printers and displays, the flexibility provided by this unique control system facilitates ease of future
upgrades. This functionality and convenience of use are appreciated around the world.
© Seiko Epson Corporation 2012-2023.

3
For Safety
Key to Symbols
The symbols in this manual are identified by their level of importance, as defined below. Read the following
carefully before handling the product.
Restriction of Use
When this product is used for applications requiring high reliability/safety such as transportation devices related
to aviation, rail, marine, automotive etc.; disaster prevention devices; various safety devices etc; or functional/
precision devices etc, you should use this product only after giving consideration to including fail-safes and
redundancies into your design to maintain safety and total system reliability. Because this product was not
intended for use in applications requiring extremely high reliability/safety such as aerospace equipment, main
communication equipment, nuclear power control equipment, or medical equipment related to direct medical
care etc, please make your own judgment on this product’s suitability after a full evaluation.
About this Manual
Aim of the Manual
This manual is intended to provide development engineers with all information necessary for building ePOS-
Device systems as well as developing and designing applications.
Manual Content
The manual is made up of the following sections:
Provides information that must be observed to avoid damage to your equipment or a malfunction.
Provides important information and useful tips.
Chapter 1 Overview
Chapter 2 Building Environment
Chapter 3 Programming Guide
Chapter 4 XML Reference
Chapter 5 Device Specifications
Chapter 6 Sample Program

4
Contents
■ For Safety ............................................................................................................................. 3
Key to Symbols..........................................................................................................................................................................................3
■ Restriction of Use ................................................................................................................. 3
■ About this Manual................................................................................................................ 3
Aim of the Manual....................................................................................................................................................................................3
Manual Content ........................................................................................................................................................................................3
■ Contents ............................................................................................................................... 4
Overview ..................................................................................... 10
■ ePOS-Device XML ............................................................................................................... 10
Features......................................................................................................................................................................................................11
System Configuration Example.........................................................................................................................................................12
How to Use the Communication Box..............................................................................................................................................13
Specifying the Print Job ID from the Application .......................................................................................................................16
Spooler Function ....................................................................................................................................................................................17
■ Operating Environment ..................................................................................................... 19
Application Environment ....................................................................................................................................................................19
Application Terminal.............................................................................................................................................................................19
Supported Printers.................................................................................................................................................................................19
ePOS-Device Service Versions ...........................................................................................................................................................20
Controllable Peripheral Devices........................................................................................................................................................22
■ Contents in the Package..................................................................................................... 25
Manual........................................................................................................................................................................................................25
Sample Program .....................................................................................................................................................................................25
Download..................................................................................................................................................................................................25
■ Restrictions ........................................................................................................................ 26
Building Environment ................................................................. 27
■ Workflow............................................................................................................................ 27
TM-DT Series.............................................................................................................................................................................................27
TM-T88VI-iHUB.........................................................................................................................................................................................28
Other TM-i Series ....................................................................................................................................................................................28
TM-H6000V ...............................................................................................................................................................................................29
■ Registration of Device........................................................................................................ 30
TM-DT Series.............................................................................................................................................................................................30
TM-T88VI-iHUB.........................................................................................................................................................................................32
Other TM-i Series ....................................................................................................................................................................................33
TM-H6000V ...............................................................................................................................................................................................34
Programming Guide .................................................................... 35
■ Programming Flow............................................................................................................. 35

5
If Reconnecting to the printer when the Network was Cut Off.............................................................................................36
Programming flow for the Communication Box.........................................................................................................................37
Performing check process...................................................................................................................................................................40
■ Using the Spooler Function................................................................................................ 43
■ Service Interface Specifications ......................................................................................... 44
Format ........................................................................................................................................................................................................44
■ Communication Data Example........................................................................................... 45
Communication Box Message Example.........................................................................................................................................47
■ Array of <data> elements in <device_data> message ....................................................... 50
XML Reference ............................................................................. 51
■ List of ePOS-Device XMLs................................................................................................... 51
Message .....................................................................................................................................................................................................51
CommunicationBox Messages ..........................................................................................................................................................52
Device Messages.....................................................................................................................................................................................52
DeviceHubTerminal ...............................................................................................................................................................................53
BarcodeScanner......................................................................................................................................................................................53
Printer .........................................................................................................................................................................................................54
HybridPrinter............................................................................................................................................................................................54
CustomerDisplay.....................................................................................................................................................................................56
Keyboard ...................................................................................................................................................................................................56
POSKeyboard ...........................................................................................................................................................................................57
MSR..............................................................................................................................................................................................................57
SerialDevice..............................................................................................................................................................................................57
Storage.......................................................................................................................................................................................................57
OtherPeripheral.......................................................................................................................................................................................57
PrinterControl XML ................................................................................................................................................................................58
CustomerDisplayControl XML............................................................................................................................................................63
■ Message ............................................................................................................................. 66
<connect>.................................................................................................................................................................................................66
<reconnect>.............................................................................................................................................................................................67
<disconnect>...........................................................................................................................................................................................68
<admin_info>..........................................................................................................................................................................................69
<open_commbox>................................................................................................................................................................................70
<close_commbox>................................................................................................................................................................................72
<commbox_data>.................................................................................................................................................................................73
<open_device>.......................................................................................................................................................................................74
<close_device> .......................................................................................................................................................................................76
<device_data> ........................................................................................................................................................................................78
<service_data>........................................................................................................................................................................................80
<error> .......................................................................................................................................................................................................82
■ CommunicationBox Messages ........................................................................................... 84
<type>getcommhistory</type>......................................................................................................................................................84
<type>send</type>..............................................................................................................................................................................86
<type>onreceive</type>....................................................................................................................................................................87
■ DeviceHubTerminal Messages ........................................................................................... 88
<type>shutdown</type>...................................................................................................................................................................88
<type>onshutdown</type>..............................................................................................................................................................89
<type>restart</type> ..........................................................................................................................................................................90
<type>onrestart</type>.....................................................................................................................................................................91

6
■ BarcodeScanner Messages................................................................................................. 92
<type>ondata</type> .........................................................................................................................................................................92
■ Printer Messages................................................................................................................93
<type>print</type>..............................................................................................................................................................................93
<type>onxmlresult</type> ...............................................................................................................................................................95
■ HybridPrinter Messages..................................................................................................... 97
<type>lock</type> ...............................................................................................................................................................................97
<type>unlock</type>..........................................................................................................................................................................98
<type>print</type>..............................................................................................................................................................................99
<type>onxmlresult</type> ............................................................................................................................................................100
<type>slipwaitinsertion</type>...................................................................................................................................................101
<type>slipprint2</type> .................................................................................................................................................................102
<type>slipcancel</type>.................................................................................................................................................................103
<type>endorsewaitinsertion</type>.......................................................................................................................................... 104
<type>endorseprint2</type>........................................................................................................................................................105
<type>endorsecancel</type> .......................................................................................................................................................106
<type>validationwaitinsertion</type>......................................................................................................................................107
<type>validationprint2</type> ....................................................................................................................................................108
<type>validationcancel</type>....................................................................................................................................................109
<type>micrread</type>................................................................................................................................................................... 110
<type>micrcleaning</type> ..........................................................................................................................................................111
<type>micrcancel</type>............................................................................................................................................................... 112
<type>eject</type>...........................................................................................................................................................................113
<type>onreceive</type>................................................................................................................................................................. 114
■ PrinterControl XML .......................................................................................................... 117
<epos-print>.........................................................................................................................................................................................117
<response>............................................................................................................................................................................................118
<text> ......................................................................................................................................................................................................121
<feed>.....................................................................................................................................................................................................126
<image> .................................................................................................................................................................................................128
<logo>.....................................................................................................................................................................................................131
<barcode> .............................................................................................................................................................................................132
<symbol> ...............................................................................................................................................................................................137
<hline>.................................................................................................................................................................................................... 142
<vline-begin>.......................................................................................................................................................................................143
<vline-end>...........................................................................................................................................................................................144
<page>.................................................................................................................................................................................................... 145
<area> .....................................................................................................................................................................................................146
<direction>............................................................................................................................................................................................148
<position>..............................................................................................................................................................................................149
<line>.......................................................................................................................................................................................................150
<rectangle>...........................................................................................................................................................................................152
<cut>........................................................................................................................................................................................................154
<pulse>...................................................................................................................................................................................................155
<sound> .................................................................................................................................................................................................156
<command> .........................................................................................................................................................................................158
<layout> .................................................................................................................................................................................................159
<recovery>.............................................................................................................................................................................................163
<reset>....................................................................................................................................................................................................164
<batch-begin> .....................................................................................................................................................................................165
<batch-end> .........................................................................................................................................................................................167
<rotate-begin>.....................................................................................................................................................................................168
<rotate-end> ........................................................................................................................................................................................170
■ CustomerDisplay Messages ............................................................................................. 171

7
<type>display</type> ...................................................................................................................................................................... 171
<type>onxmlresult</type> ............................................................................................................................................................172
■ CustomerDisplayControl XML.......................................................................................... 173
<epos-display>..................................................................................................................................................................................... 173
<response>............................................................................................................................................................................................174
<window>..............................................................................................................................................................................................176
<screen>.................................................................................................................................................................................................179
<textarea>..............................................................................................................................................................................................182
<cursor> .................................................................................................................................................................................................184
<text> ......................................................................................................................................................................................................186
<marquee>............................................................................................................................................................................................188
<blink>....................................................................................................................................................................................................190
<brightness>.........................................................................................................................................................................................191
<backgroundcolor> ...........................................................................................................................................................................192
<slideshow>..........................................................................................................................................................................................193
<downloadimage>.............................................................................................................................................................................194
<registerdownloadimage>..............................................................................................................................................................196
<nvimage> ............................................................................................................................................................................................198
<clearimage>........................................................................................................................................................................................200
<symbol> ...............................................................................................................................................................................................201
<clearsymbol>......................................................................................................................................................................................203
<clock>....................................................................................................................................................................................................204
<clear> ....................................................................................................................................................................................................205
<reset>....................................................................................................................................................................................................206
<command> .........................................................................................................................................................................................207
■ Keyboard Messages ......................................................................................................... 208
<type>onkeypress</type>..............................................................................................................................................................208
<type>setprefix</type>...................................................................................................................................................................209
<type>onstring</type> ................................................................................................................................................................... 210
<type>setMSRPrefix</type> ..........................................................................................................................................................211
<type>ondata</type> ......................................................................................................................................................................212
■ POSKeyboard Messages................................................................................................... 213
<data>onkeypress</data>..............................................................................................................................................................213
■ MSR Messages.................................................................................................................. 214
<data>ondata</data> ......................................................................................................................................................................214
■ SerialDevice Messages ..................................................................................................... 215
<type>sendcommand</type> ......................................................................................................................................................215
<type>oncommandreply</type> ................................................................................................................................................216
■ Storage Messages ............................................................................................................ 217
<type>operate</type>.....................................................................................................................................................................217
<type>operateresult</type> .........................................................................................................................................................218
■ OtherPeripheral Messages............................................................................................... 219
<type>User-defined Function</type>........................................................................................................................................219
<type>User-defined Event</type>..............................................................................................................................................220
■ List of KeyCode.................................................................................................................221
Device Specifications................................................................. 223
■ Supported Printers by XMLs ............................................................................................ 223
■ ePOS-Device XML Functions That Can Be Used with TM Printer ...................................... 225

8
ePOS-Device XML Functions That Can Be Used .......................................................................................................................225
Messages That Can Be Used ............................................................................................................................................................225
Registration of Device........................................................................................................................................................................226
Limitations .............................................................................................................................................................................................226
■ List of Supported Elements.............................................................................................. 227
PrinterControl XML .............................................................................................................................................................................227
CustomerDisplayControl XML.........................................................................................................................................................232
■ Printer-specific Support Information .............................................................................. 236
TM-T20II-i................................................................................................................................................................................................236
TM-T70-i ..................................................................................................................................................................................................241
TM-T82II-i................................................................................................................................................................................................245
TM-T83II-i................................................................................................................................................................................................250
TM-T88V-i................................................................................................................................................................................................255
TM-T88VI-iHUB......................................................................................................................................................................................260
TM-U220-i...............................................................................................................................................................................................266
TM-T70II-DT............................................................................................................................................................................................269
TM-T70II-DT2.........................................................................................................................................................................................274
TM-T88V-DT ...........................................................................................................................................................................................279
TM-T88VI-DT2........................................................................................................................................................................................284
TM-H6000IV-DT .................................................................................................................................................................................... 289
TM-H6000V ............................................................................................................................................................................................294
TM-m30...................................................................................................................................................................................................300
TM-m30II.................................................................................................................................................................................................305
TM-m30II-H............................................................................................................................................................................................310
TM-m30II-NT..........................................................................................................................................................................................315
TM-m30II-S.............................................................................................................................................................................................320
TM-m30II-SL...........................................................................................................................................................................................325
TM-m30III................................................................................................................................................................................................330
TM-m30III-H...........................................................................................................................................................................................335
TM-m50...................................................................................................................................................................................................340
TM-T88VI .................................................................................................................................................................................................345
TM-T88VII................................................................................................................................................................................................351
TM-L100 ..................................................................................................................................................................................................357
TM-m10...................................................................................................................................................................................................363
TM-P20 ....................................................................................................................................................................................................368
TM-P60II (Receipt) ...............................................................................................................................................................................374
TM-P60II (Peeler)..................................................................................................................................................................................380
TM-P80 ....................................................................................................................................................................................................386
TM-T20.....................................................................................................................................................................................................392
TM-T20II...................................................................................................................................................................................................397
TM-T70.....................................................................................................................................................................................................402
TM-T70II...................................................................................................................................................................................................406
TM-T82II...................................................................................................................................................................................................411
TM-T83II...................................................................................................................................................................................................416
TM-T88IV.................................................................................................................................................................................................420
TM-T88V ..................................................................................................................................................................................................424
TM-T90.....................................................................................................................................................................................................429
TM-L90.....................................................................................................................................................................................................433
TM-U220 .................................................................................................................................................................................................437
TM-H6000IV........................................................................................................................................................................................... 440
■ Usage restriction by firmware version ............................................................................. 444

9
Sample Program ........................................................................ 448
■ Outline ............................................................................................................................. 448
■ Building Environment for Android .................................................................................. 449
Environment..........................................................................................................................................................................................449
Flow of environment construction for TM-DT Series..............................................................................................................450
Flow of environment construction for TM-T88VI-iHUB..........................................................................................................452
Flow of environment construction for other TM-i Series......................................................................................................453
Installing Java SE Development Kit............................................................................................................................................... 455
Setting Up Eclipse ...............................................................................................................................................................................457
Setting Up Android SDK Manager.................................................................................................................................................459
Installing ADT Plugin..........................................................................................................................................................................464
Importing the Sample Program .....................................................................................................................................................468
Setting the Barcode Scanner...........................................................................................................................................................470
■ Building Environment for iOS .......................................................................................... 471
Environment..........................................................................................................................................................................................471
Flow of environment construction for TM-DT Series..............................................................................................................472
Flow of environment construction for TM-T88VI-iHUB..........................................................................................................473
Flow of environment construction for other TM-i Series......................................................................................................474
Setting the Barcode Scanner........................................................................................................................................................... 475
Setting the Sample Program...........................................................................................................................................................475
■ Executing Sample Program.............................................................................................. 476
Android ...................................................................................................................................................................................................476
■ How to Use the Sample Program...................................................................................... 481

10
Chapter 1 Overview - ePOS-Device XML
Overview
This chapter describes the features of and the specifications for ePOS-Device XML.
ePOS-Device XML
ePOS-Device XML is a command system that defines the function to control various types of peripheral devices
(including this product's printer) connected to printer using XML. Application in devices such as personal
computers, smartphones, and tablet computers creates a request message in XML format and send it to printer
using socket communication. ePOS-Device Service installed in printer executes control over peripheral devices
by interrupting a request message and returns a response.
Request
(XML format)
Response
(XML format)
Terminal
Native
Application
Printer
Local Printer
ePOS-Device Service
Socket I/F
Request Response
/Event
Device Control Script
Customer Display
Serial Communication
Device
Key Input Device
Network Printer

11
Chapter 1 Overview - ePOS-Device XML
Features
❏ No need to prepare any device (such as a PC) to act as a controller to control the peripheral devices.
❏ Epson peripheral devices as well as many other peripheral devices can be controlled via device control pro-
grams and device control scripts developed exclusively by Epson.
Since the version of the loaded software differs depending on the printer, the controllable peripheral devices
also differ.
For details on the controllable peripheral devices, refer to the Technical Reference Guide of the printers.
Device control programs are supported by TM-DT series devices with version 4.0 or later of the TM-DT soft-
ware.
Refer to the TM-DT Series Peripheral Device Control Guide for more information on device control programs
and device control scripts.
❏ Accessing a device automatically locks the device exclusively.
Even if accessed from multiple terminals simultaneously, the device is not under multiple controls. When the
terminal that has controlled the device releases the device, the device becomes controllable from another ter-
minal.
❏ If the network is cut off, you can easily re-establish the connection.
❏ Data can be sent and received between web applications.
For details, refer to How to Use the Communication Box (p.13).
❏ P
rinting requests can be made to the printer by specifying the printing job ID.
*2
For details, refer to Specifying the Print Job ID from the Application (p.16).
❏ Printing data can be sent to the printer without waiting for a printing complete response from the printer.
(Spooler)
*2
For details, refer to Spooler Function (p.17).
❏ Print data can be sent to another printer if the printer sends an error response (PAPER END, COVER OPEN, etc.)
or does not return a response. (Print forwarding)
*2
For details, refer to Forwarding (p.18).
❏ You can shut down the TM-DT from the application.
*1
(DeviceHubTerminal object)
*1 TM-DT series is supported only.
*2 ePOS-Device Service Ver.2.6 or later

12
Chapter 1 Overview - ePOS-Device XML
System Configuration Example
System with Application Installed in Tablet Computer
1
Place and display the application in the tablet computer.
2
The application sends a request message to printer.
3
Printer sends data to devices that can be controlled.
4
The devices and network printers connected to printer are controlled.
5
Printer returns a response to the application.

13
Chapter 1 Overview - ePOS-Device XML
How to Use the Communication Box
The Communication Box is a virtual data space that is provided by the ePOS-Device Service for sending and
receiving data between applications. It is provided in ePOS-Device Service Ver. 2.5 and later.
The Communication Box can be used in the following ways.
• Using a tablet terminal as a POS display terminal
• Displaying digital signage
• Using a tablet terminal as an entry terminal
• The ePOS-Device Service is providing a virtual space and structure for sending and receiving data
between applications. Create the data to be sent and received according to your application's
specifications.
• TM-H6000V is not supported.
App1
App2

14
Chapter 1 Overview - ePOS-Device XML
Example of data processing using the Communication Box
1
The printer receives the barcode data scanned by the scanner.
2
The ePOS-Device Service notifies App2 of the barcode data.
3
App2 acquires the barcode data and converts it to POS data.
4
App2 sends the display data to the Communication Box of the ePOS-Device Service.
5
The ePOS-Device Service notifies App1 that the display data is stored in the Communication
Box.
6
App1 acquires the display data stored in the Communication Box.
App1
App2

15
Chapter 1 Overview - ePOS-Device XML
Structure of the Communication Box
The ePOS-Device Service manages Communication Boxes with Box IDs (BoxID in the figure above).
Data can be sent and received between applications belonging to the Communication Box.
In the figure above, applications App1 and App2 can send and receive data with one another using the BoxID:1
Communication Box.
Specifications of the Communication Box
Maximum number of Communication Boxes that can be created 20
Maximum number of applications that can belong to one Communication Box 20
Space of transfer history that one Communication Box can maintain 10240 Byte
Size of data that can be sent at one time 1024 Byte
App1
App2
<MemberID>
<MemberID>
<MemberID>
-App1
-App2
-App1
-App2

16
Chapter 1 Overview - ePOS-Device XML
Specifying the Print Job ID from the Application
A response containing the specified print job ID will be returned when sending a request from the application by
specifying the print job ID. (ePOS-Device Service Ver. 2.6 or later versions)
Job ID : ABC123
Print data
Job ID : ABC123
Response data

17
Chapter 1 Overview - ePOS-Device XML
Spooler Function
The spooler function is a function used to temporarily store printing data received from the application in the
printer to carry out background printings sequentially. (ePOS-Device Service Ver. 2.6 or later versions)
Printer return response data to the application the moment the printing data enters the spooler to make it
possible for applications to proceed to the next process without waiting for a printing complete response.
The application can use the job ID included in the response data to send an inquiry on the printing status.
EPSON TMNet WebConfig is used to configure the spooler.
Perform the following settings. For details, refer to the Technical Reference Guide for each printer.
• Settings to enable the spooler
• Print process retry settings
Forwarding can be used to send a printing job to a different printer if the printer does not respond to retry
processing. For details, refer to Forwarding (p.18).
Example
1
Send print data A to a printer (ePOS-Device Service) from the input terminal.
2
The printer will save the print data A to the spooler and will return response data to the input
terminal.
3
The printer will retrieve the print data and issue a print command to another printer.
4
Print data B will be sent to the printer from the input terminal.
TM-H6000V is not supported.
<Print Data>
<Input Terminal>
<Printer A>
<Printer>

18
Chapter 1 Overview - ePOS-Device XML
5
The printer will save the print data B to the spooler and will return response data to the input
terminal.
6
The printer will retrieve the print data B and issue a print command to printer A.
7
Print data A is complete.
8
A query on print data A results will be sent to the printer from the input terminal.
9
The printer will return response data back to the input terminal signifying that print data A
completed without error.
Forwarding
1
Send print data to ePOS-Device Service from the input terminal.
2
The printer issues a print command to printer A.
3
Printer A does not respond.
4
The printer reissues a print command to printer A.
If printer A still does not respond to the reissued print command, the print command will be
issued to printer B.
5
Print data sent from the input terminal will be printed using printer B.
For instructions on how to make the forwarding settings, see the Technical Reference Guide of the printer.
<Printer>
<Printer A> <Printer B>
<Input Terminal>

19
Chapter 1 Overview - Operating Environment
Operating Environment
Application Environment
Environment that allows socket communication and handling of XML documents
❏ OS Examples: iOS / Android™ / Windows / Linux / Mac OS
Application Terminal
Devices that allow socket communication as connected to a network
(Example: Smartphones, tablet computers, personal computers)
Supported Printers
TM-DT Series
❏ TM-T70II-DT ❏ TM-T88VI-DT2
❏ TM-T70II-DT2 ❏ TM-H6000IV-DT
❏ TM-T88V-DT
TM-i Series
❏ TM-T20II-i ❏ TM-T88V-i (TM-i firmware Ver.4.0 or later)
❏ TM-T70-i (TM-i firmware Ver.4.0 or later) ❏ TM-T88VI-iHUB
❏ TM-T82II-i ❏ TM-U220-i
❏ TM-T83II-i
TM Printer
❏ TM-m30 (TM-m30 firmware Ver.1.40ESC/POS or later) ❏ TM-m30III-H
❏ TM-m30II ❏ TM-m50
❏ TM-m30II-H ❏ TM-T88VI (TM-T88VI firmware
❏ TM-m30II-NT Ver.40.50 ESC/POS or later)
❏ TM-m30II-S ❏ TM-T88VII
❏ TM-m30II-SL ❏ TM-L100
❏ TM-m30III
The ePOS-Device XML functions that can be used with TM Printer differs with the TM-DT series and TM-i
series. Refer to ePOS-Device XML Functions That Can Be Used (p.225).

20
Chapter 1 Overview - Operating Environment
Hybrid Models
❏ TM-H6000V
ePOS-Device Service Versions
Depending on the version of ePOS-Device Service installed on the printer, some functions does not work with
ePOS-Device XML. (Usage restriction by firmware version (p.444))
How to check the version
TM-DT Series/TM-i Series
The ePOS-Device Service for the TM-DT series and TM-i series is included in the TM-DT software and TM-i
firmware.
The table below shows which ePOS-Device Service version is included in which TM-DT software/TM-i firmware
version.
You need to enable the ePOS-Device settings.
Refer to TM-H6000V Utility User’s Manual for more information.
ePOS-Device Service TM-DT Software TM-i Firmware
1.0 1.0 -
2.0 2.0 -
2.2 2.2 -
2.5 2.5 4.0
2.6 - 4.1, 4.3
2.9 - -
3.0 3.0 -
3.1 - -
4.0 4.0 -
4.1 4.1 -
5.0 4.1 -
5.1 5.10 -
5.30 5.30 -
For details about how to check the version of TM-i Firmware and of TM-DT Software, refer to the Technical
Reference Guide for each printer.

21
Chapter 1 Overview - Operating Environment
TM-H6000V
Print TM intelligent setting information to check the version.
Follow the procedure below.
1
Close the roll paper cover. Hold down the paper feed button and turn on the printer.
Hold the paper feed button down until printing of operating instruction starts.
2
Following the instructions, press the paper feed button six times to select the TM intelligent
setting information to be printed.
3
Press the paper feed button again and hold it down until the TM intelligent setting information
is printed.
The ePOS-Device Service version is indicated as shown below.
4
When printing is finished, turn the printer off.
The operating instruction is printed after the printer status is printed.

22
Chapter 1 Overview - Operating Environment
Controllable Peripheral Devices
Control of the following peripheral devices is supported.
Epson Products
❏ Printer
The following printers can be controlled.
• Controllable devices vary by model of printer.
For more information, refer to the Technical Reference Guide of the printer.
• You can control various peripheral devices other than the ones described below using the device
control programs and device control scripts.
Refer to TM-DT Series Peripheral Device Control Guide for information on the development.
Printer TM-DT Series TM-i Series
TM-L90
*1
✔✔
TM-m10 ✔
*5
-
TM-m30 ✔
*5
-
TM-P20 ✔
*3
✔
*2
TM-P60II ✔✔
TM-P60II Peeler ✔ ✔
TM-P80 ✔
*3
✔
TM-T20
*1
✔ ✔
TM-T20II-i - ✔
TM-T20II
*1
✔
*3
✔
TM-T20III ✔
*5
-
TM-T20IIIL ✔
*5
-
TM-T20X ✔
*5
-
TM-T70-i (TM-i firmware Ver.4.0 or later) - ✔
TM-T70II-DT (TM-DT software Ver.4.0 or later) ✔
*4
-
TM-T70II-DT2 ✔
*5
-
TM-T70
*1
✔✔
TM-T70II
*1
✔ ✔
TM-T81III ✔
*5
-
TM-T82II-i - ✔
TM-T82II
*1
✔
*3
✔
TM-T82III ✔
*5
-
TM-T82IIIL ✔
*5
-
TM-T82X ✔
*5
-
TM-T83II-i - ✔
*2
TM-T83II
*1
- ✔
*2
TM-T83III ✔
*5
-
TM-T88IV
*1
- ✔
TM-T88V-i (TM-i firmware Ver.4.0 or later) - ✔
TM-T88V-DT (TM-DT software Ver.4.0 or later) ✔
*4
-
TM-T88VI-DT2 ✔
*5
-

23
Chapter 1 Overview - Operating Environment
*1
Ethernet model (UB-E02/ UB-E03/UB-E04), or wireless LAN model (UB-R03/ UB-R04/UB-R05).
The available Interface board (UB-****) varies depending on the TM printer.
Other interface models are not supported.
*2
TM-i firmware Ver.4.1 or later versions supported.
*3
TM-DT software Ver.3.0 or later versions supported.
*4
TM-DT software Ver.4.0 or later versions supported.
*5
TM-DT software Ver.5.0 or later versions supported.
*6
TM-T88VI-iHUB only.
*7
TM-DT software Ver. 4.x supported.
*8
TM-DT software Ver. 2.5 to 4.x supported.
❏ Customer display
The following customer displays can be used.
*1
TM-DT software Ver.4.0 or later versions supported.
*2
TM-T70II-DT2/TM-T88VI-DT2 TM-DT software Ver.5.10 or later versions supported.
*3
TM-T88V-DT/TM-T88VI-DT2 only.
*4
TM-H6000IV-DT only.
*5
TM-T88VI-iHUB only.
*6
TM-T88VI only.
TM-T88V
*1
✔ ✔
TM-T88VI-iHUB - ✔
*6
TM-T88VI ✔
*5
✔
*6
TM-T90
*1
✔✔
TM-T100 ✔
*5
-
TM-U220-i - ✔
TM-U220
*1
✔ ✔
TM-H6000IV-DT (TM-DT software Ver.4.x) ✔
*7
-
TM-H6000IV
*1
✔
*8
-
Customer Display TM-DT Series TM-i Series TM Printer Hybrid Models
DM-D30 ✔
*1
✔
*5
✔ -
DM-D70 ✔
*2
- ✔ -
DM-D110SU - ✔ --
DM-D110SD ✔ ✔ ✔
*6
✔
DM-D110DT ✔
*3
- ✔
*6
-
DM-D110MJ ✔
*4
- - ✔
DM-D210 - - - ✔
Printer TM-DT Series TM-i Series

24
Chapter 1 Overview - Operating Environment
Peripheral Devices that can be Controlled by Device Control Programs
Peripheral devices conforming to the OPOS specifications can be controlled using the device control programs
that are supported by TM-DT series (TM-DT software version 4.0 or later).
In the categories described below, peripheral devices having a driver that runs in combination with OPOS
Common Control Object (OPOS CCO) 1.14.001 can be controlled.
• MSR
• POS keyboard
• Barcode scanner
Peripheral Devices that can be Controlled by Device Control Scripts
The following peripheral devices can be controlled using the device control script supplied with the TM-DT series
and TM-i series.
❏ Key input device
• MSR (Hitachi-Omron Terminal Solutions, Corp.)
• Keyboard (Standard HID device)
• Barcode scanner (Standard HID device)
❏ Serial communication device
• Serial communication device
• USB device that can provide a control level equivalent to serial communication devices
Install a dedicated driver for using a USB device that can be controlled in a similar manner as a serial
communication device.
You may not be able to use some drivers depending on their specifications.

25
Chapter 1 Overview - Contents in the Package
Contents in the Package
Manual
❏ ePOS-Device XML User’s Manual (This Document)
❏ TM-DT Series Peripheral Device Control Guide
❏ Each TM printer Technical Reference Guide
❏ JSON Specification
❏ Each customer display Technical Reference Guide
Sample Program
The following files are included in the sample program package (ePOS-Device_Sample_XML_Vx.x.x.zip).
Download
For customers in North America, go to the following web site:
https://www.epson.com/support/
For customers in other countries, go to the following web site:
https://www.epson-biz.com/
Name Description
Android Sample program files for Android environments
iOS Sample program files for iOS environments
DeviceControlProgram_Sample.zip Sample program files for device control program development
DeviceControlScript_Sample.zip Sample program files for device control script development
README.ja.txt Japanese README file
README.en.txt English README file
• Refer to Sample Program (p.448) for information on using sample programs for Android and iOS
environments.
• Refer to the TM-DT Series Peripheral Device Control Guide for more information on sample programs
for device control program and device control script development.

26
Chapter 1 Overview - Restrictions
Restrictions
❏ The ruled line command is available only when the printer supports the "ruled line command".
❏ The drawer and the buzzer cannot be used together.
❏ The buzzer function cannot be used if the printer is not provided with the buzzer.
❏ When a 2D-code scanner is used, multibyte characters such as Japanese cannot be obtained properly.
❏ When 2D-code data contains an ASCII control code (0x00 to 0x1F), control codes cannot be obtained.
❏ Set the barcode reader suffix (delimiter) to CR (carriage return code). Data cannot be obtained using any other
settings.
❏ Keycodes that can be obtained from the keyboard are restricted. For the key codes that can be obtained, refer
to List of KeyCode (p.221).
❏ Device con
trol program files and device control script files cannot be loaded into TM-i series devices.
❏ Serial communication devices cannot be used with a TM-i Series printer with the specification of "without
Serial port".
❏ The PHP function and print spooler function cannot be used simultaneously on TM-i Series printers except for
TM-T88VI-iHUB.
❏ Only messages without BOM are supported.
❏ Only UTF-8 character encoding is supported.

27
Chapter 2 Building Environment - Workflow
Building Environment
This chapter describes environment building for ePOS-Device Service.
Workflow
TM-DT Series
1. Network Settings
Configure the TM-DT network settings.
You can use EPSON TMNet WebConfig for setting them.
3. Loading Device Control Programs and Device Control Scripts
Users must load user-developed device control programs and device control scripts to control
non-Epson devices from TM-DT devices or to customize device data processing. Registration is
performed via your web browser. Refer to the TM-DT Series Peripheral Device Control Guide for
more information.
4. Registration of Device (p.30)
Register the device to be connected into TM-DT. Make registration using a Web browser.
2. Connection of Device to TM-DT
Connect a device to TM-DT. For the devices that can be connected, refer to Operating
Environment (p.19).
Y
ou can add a port for serial communication device using a serial-USB conversion cable and
driver.
Necessary step
Optional step

28
Chapter 2 Building Environment - Workflow
TM-T88VI-iHUB
Other TM-i Series
2. Network Settings
Using TM-T88VI Utility, configure the network settings of TM-T88VI-iHUB.
For more details, see the TM-T88VI Utility User's Manual.
1.Connection of Device to TM-T88VI-iHUB
Connect a device to TM-T88VI-iHUB. For the devices that can be connected, refer to Operating
Environment (p.19).
3.Registration of Device (p.30)
Using TM-T88VI Utility, register devices to the TM-T88VI-iHUB printer to be connected to the printer.
2. Network Settings
Configure the system and TM-i network settings.
• EPSON TMNet WebConfig
• EpsonNet Config
1.Connection of Device to TM-i
Connect a device to TM-i. For the devices that can be connected, refer to Operating Environment
(p.19).
3.Registration of Device (p.30)
Register the device to be connected into TM-i. Make registration using a Web browser.

29
Chapter 2 Building Environment - Workflow
TM-H6000V
1. Connection of Device to TM-H6000V
Connect a device to TM-H6000V. For the devices that can be connected, refer to Operating
Environment (p.19).
3. ePOS-Device Settings
Using TM-H6000V Utility, enable ePOS-Device.
For more details, see the TM-H6000V Utility User's Manual.
4. Registration of Device (p.30)
Using TM-H6000V Utility, register devices used with TM-H6000V.
2. Network Settings
Using TM-H6000V Utility, configure the network settings of TM-H6000V.
For more details, see the TM-H6000V Utility User's Manual.

30
Chapter 2 Building Environment - Registration of Device
Registration of Device
Register the device to be controlled by ePOS-Device XML into printer.
For details, refer to the Technical Reference Guide for each printer.
❏ TM-DT Series (p.30)
❏ TM-T88VI-iHUB (p.32)
❏ Other TM-i Series (p.33)
❏ TM-H6000V (p.34)
TM-DT Series
Configure the following settings for each device connected to the TM-DT printer.
Configure the settings using EPSON TMNet WebConfig.
Epson Products
Printer
Customer Display
Peripheral Devices that can be Controlled by Device Control Programs
Refer to the TM-DT Series Peripheral Device Control Guide for more information.
Setting Setting Value
Device ID Enter the ID (any character string) of the printer to be controlled.
Type Select "Network printer".
Model no. Select the model of the printer to be controlled.
IP Address Specify the IP address of the printer for each device ID.
Retry interval Specify the retry interval after timeout.
Setting Setting Value
Customer Display Set whether or not this is used.
Communications settings Set the communication speed, data bit and parity.
Brightness settings Set the brightness of the customer display.
The device ID of the customer display is fixed to "local_display".
Setting Setting Value
Device ID Logical device name
Control program Select the device control program in accordance with the desired peripheral device.

31
Chapter 2 Building Environment - Registration of Device
Peripheral Devices that can be Controlled by Device Control Scripts
Refer to the TM-DT Series Peripheral Device Control Guide for more information.
Key input device
Serial communications
Other
Setting Setting Value
Device ID Enter the device ID (any character string).
Device name Select the device name of the key input device.
Control script Select the device control script to be used for the key input device.
Setting Setting Value
Device ID Enter the device ID (any character string).
Device name Select the device name of the serial communication device.
The name can be selected from the product names and ports.
Control script Select the device control script to be used for the serial communication device.
Communication speed(bps) Set the communication speed of the device.
Data bit Set the data bit.
Parity Set the parity.
Stop bit Set the stop bit.
Flow control Set the flow control.
Setting Setting Value
Device ID Enter the device ID (any character string).
Control script Select the device control script to be used for the connected device.

32
Chapter 2 Building Environment - Registration of Device
TM-T88VI-iHUB
Use TM-T88VI Utility to configure device settings.
For more details, see the TM-T88VI Utility User's Manual.
Printer
Customer Display
*
DM-D30 only.
Key input device
Connecting key input devices to TM-T88VI-iHUB allows them to be automatically registered.
Device IDs are also automatically configured.
Serial communications
Connecting serial communication device to TM-T88VI-iHUB allows them to be automatically registered.
Device IDs are also automatically configured.
Setting Setting Value
Device ID Enter the ID (any character string) of the printer to be controlled.
Model Select the model of the printer to be controlled.
IP Address Specify the IP address of the printer for each device ID.
Setting Setting Value
Turn Off Backlight
*
Specifies the period of time until the backlight turns off.
When "0" is specified, the light is always on.
Code-page Selects the Code Page of the customer display.
International character set Selects an international character set of the customer display.
Adjust Brightness Selects the brightness of the backlight.
The default is "100%".
Cursor Display Selects whether to display the cursor on the customer display screen.
Communication Settings for
Customer Display
Specifies Communication speed, Parity, and Data Bit settings.
Setting Setting Value
Keyboard Layout Selects a keyboard type.

33
Chapter 2 Building Environment - Registration of Device
Other TM-i Series
Configure the following settings for each device connected to the TM-i printer.
Configure the settings using EPSON TMNet WebConfig.
Printer
Customer Display
Key input device
Serial communications
Setting Setting Value
Device ID Enter the ID (any character string) of the printer to be controlled.
Model Select the model of the printer to be controlled.
IP Address Specify the IP address of the printer for each device ID.
Retry interval(ms) Specify the retry interval after timeout.
Setting Setting Value
Customer Display Set whether or not this is used.
Communications settings Set the communication speed, data bit and parity.
Brightness settings Set the brightness of the customer display.
The device ID of the customer display is fixed to "local_display".
Setting Setting Value
Device ID Enter the device ID (any character string).
Device name Select the device name of the key input device.
Control Script Select the device control script to be used for the key input device.
Setting Setting Value
Serial communications Set whether or not this is used.
Communication speed(bps) Set the communication speed of the device.
Data bit Set the data bit.
Parity Set the parity.
Stop bit Set the stop bit.
Flow control Set the flow control.
The device ID of the serial communication device is fixed to "local_serial".

34
Chapter 2 Building Environment - Registration of Device
TM-H6000V
Use TM-H6000V Utility to configure device settings.
For more details, see the TM-H6000V Utility User's Manual.
Printer
Customer Display
Setting Setting Value
Device ID Enter the ID (any character string) of the printer to be controlled.
Setting Setting Value
Adjust Brightness
Selects the brightness of the backlight.
The default is "100%".

35
Chapter 3 Programming Guide - Programming Flow
Programming Guide
This chapter describes how to write programs in the application development using ePOS-Device.
Programming Flow
The basic programming sequence of ePOS-Device XML is as follows:
9: Device close
8: close_device message
8.1 : Cmd()
9.1 : Response()
ePOS-Device
Device
Applications
1 : Establishment of TCP/IP connection()
4 : Device open
3 : open_device message(type_printer)
3.1 : Cmd()
4.1 : Response()
2 : connect message()
6 : device_data message
6.1 : Cmd()
6.1.1 : Execute
TCP connection to Socket I/F from
the native application
Establish a communication path to
ePOS-Device Service
7 : Execution result
7.1 : device_data message()
7.1 : error message()
Control device using device_data message
Response to device_data message
Cut connection ePOS-Device Service
and Socket I/F communication
10 : disconnect message()
Disconnection of TCP/IP connection

36
Chapter 3 Programming Guide - Programming Flow
If Reconnecting to the printer when the Network was Cut Off
If network communication with the printer is cut off, the client application will reconnect. By reconnecting, you
can use the devices that were open without reopening them. Also, through the settings for opening, the data to
be sent to the client application that occurred while the network was cut off can be received upon reconnection.
The following sequence explains the message flow necessary upon reconnection and the necessary parameters.
To open an unopen device from the client, be sure to send a <disconnect> message when closing the
application. Also, in cases where you cannot send a <disconnect> message when closing the application,
store the previous <client_id> in the application's permanent memory beforehand, and upon the next
start-up, use the previous <client_id> to send a <disconnect> message.
ePOS-Device DeviceApplications
1 : Establishment of TCP/IP connection()
3 : open_device message(buer=true)
Response(data_id=1)
2 : connect message(client_id=0001)
TCP connection to Socket I/F from
the native application
Establish a communication path to
ePOS-Device Service
4 : Data occurred()
4.1 : device_data message(Data, data_id=2)
Network is cut o
5 : Data occurred()
5.1 : Retains inside (data_id=3)
6 : Establishment of TCP/IP connection()
connect message(client_id=0002)
7: reconnect message
(new_client_id = 0002, old_client_id = 0001,
received_id = 2)
Response(OK)
8 : device_data message(Data, data_id=3)

37
Chapter 3 Programming Guide - Programming Flow
Programming flow for the Communication Box
The following indicates the basic programming sequence using the Communication Box.
Application BePOS-DeviceApplication A
3 : open_commbox message
3.3 : Response()
1 : Establishment of TCP/IP connection()
2 : connect message()
Establishes communication path
with ePOS-Device Service
1 : Establishment of TCP/IP connection()
2 : connect message()
3.1 : Creates the Communication Box
3.2 : Adds Application A to members
3.2 : Adds Application B to members
4.3 : Response()
3.3 : Response()
4 : commbox_data message(type:send)
4.2 : commbox_data message
(type:onreceive)
3 : open_commbox message
TCP connection to Socket I/F from
the native application
Establishes communication path
with ePOS-Device Service
TCP connection to Socket I/F from
the native application
[1/2]

38
Chapter 3 Programming Guide - Programming Flow
Application BePOS-DeviceApplication A
6 : disconnect message()
5 : close_commbox message
5.3 : Response()
5.1 : Deletes Application A from members
5.1 : Deletes Application B from members
5.2 : Ends the Communication Box
5.3 : Response()
5 : close_commbox message
6 : disconnect message()
Disconnection of TCP/IP connection
Disconnection of TCP/IP connection
[2/2]

39
Chapter 3 Programming Guide - Programming Flow
If automatically reconnecting the network
If network communication with the printer was reconnected, the Communication Box sequence is as follows.
ePOS-Device
1 : Establishment of TCP/IP connection()
3 : open_commbox message()
3.1 : Response(data_id=1)
4.1 : commbox_data message
(type:onreceive, data_id=2)
2 : connect message(client_id=0001)
5 : commbox_data message(type:send)
5.1 : Retains inside (data_id=3)
6 : Establishment of TCP/IP connection()
6.1 : connect message(client_id=0002)
7 : reconnect message
(new_client_id = 0002, old_client_id = 0001,
received_id = 2)
7.1 : Response(OK)
5.2 : commbox_data message
(type:onreceive, data_id=3)
Application A Application B
1 : Establishment of TCP/IP connection()
2 : connect message(client_id=0001)
3 : open_commbox message()
4 : commbox_data message(type:send)
3.1 : Response(data_id=1)
Establishes communication path
with ePOS-Device Service
TCP connection to Socket I/F from
the native application
Network is cut o
Establishes communication path
with ePOS-Device Service
TCP connection to Socket I/F from
the native application

40
Chapter 3 Programming Guide - Programming Flow
Performing check process
Use HybridPrinter message data to control the printer.
The following sequence diagram shows the flow from endorsement printing after MICR reading to slip printing.
retnirPeciveD-SOPerotarepO
TCP connection establishment
open_device message
micrread message
Cmd
Cmd
connect message(connect result)
Device open
complete notication
Waiting for
slip sheet insertion
MICR data
MICR reading
onreceive message
(open_device result)
onreceive message(micrread result)
SinglePass
Check process start
Preprocess
Slip sheet
insertion
Slip sheet
insertion
Application

41
Chapter 3 Programming Guide - Programming Flow
retnirPeciveD-SOPerotarepO
Remove
slip sheet
Application
Cmd
Cue complete
endorsewaitinsertion message
onreceive message
(endorsewaitinsertion result)
Endorsement print
cue
Cmd
Print complete
endorseprint2 message
onreceive message
(endorseprint2 result)
Endorsement
print
Endorsement
print
Cmd
Cue complete
slipwaitinsertion message
onreceive message
(slipwaitinsertion result)
Slip print
cue
Cmd
Print complete
slipprint2 message
onreceive message
(slipprint2 result)
Slip print
Slip print
Cmd
Eject complete
eject message
onreceive message
(eject result)
Slip sheet
ejection
Slip sheet
ejection

42
Chapter 3 Programming Guide - Programming Flow
retnirPeciveD-SOPerotarepO Application
Cmd
Device close
complete notication
close_device message
onreceive message
(close_device result)
disconnect message
connect message
(disconnect result)
TCP disconnect
Postprocess

43
Chapter 3 Programming Guide - Using the Spooler Function
Using the Spooler Function
A printing job will be executed immediately and a response will be returned to the application after printing is
complete when sending a printing request to ePOS-Device Service from the application when the spooler
function is disabled.
The print data job will be added to the queue and a response will be returned to the application without waiting
for printing to complete when sending a printing request to ePOS-Device Service from the application when the
spooler function is enabled.
Even if the output printer cannot complete the printing task, ePOS-Device Service does not return an error to the
application. Printing on a substitute printer can be done by enabling print forwarding.
The application can obtain printing results at a later time by specifying the print job ID and requesting empty
print data. Refer to the sequence diagram below.
ePOS-Device Printer
Application
1.2 : Printing result
1.1 : Cmd()
1.3 : device_data message()
1.1.1 : Print()
1 : device_data message()
4.3 : device_data message
(printjobid="ABC123",
Printing result)
ePOS-Device Printer Forwarding printer
Application Spooler
1.2 : Execution result
1.1 : send()
2.1 : Print()
2 : Cmd()
Printing results (Failure)
3.1 : Print()
3 : Cmd()
Printing results (Success)
4.2 : Printing results
4.1 : send()
1 : device_data message
(Print data,
printjobid="ABC123")
1.3 : device_data message
(printjobid="ABC123",
success="true", code =""
status="2", battery="0")
4 : device_data message
(Empty print data,
printjobid="ABC123")

44
Chapter 3 Programming Guide - Service Interface Specifications
Service Interface Specifications
To enable control using ePOS-Device XML, use the following interface:
Format
The format and description of each data item are as follows:
Transport layer Port No.
TCP (non-encrypted) 8009
TCP (encrypted) 8143
The following products support TCP (encrypted).
• TM-DT Series
• TM-T88VI-iHUB
• TM-m30
• TM-H6000V
Data name Description
Communication message "UTF-8" character string in XML format
Any length
Terminating character NULL character ("\0")
1 byte
Any length 1 byte
Communication message
character
Terminating

45
Chapter 3 Programming Guide - Communication Data Example
Communication Data Example
Examples of communication data between the application and ePOS-Device are as shown below, where the
NULL character is indicated as "\0".
Applications ePOS-Device Description
Establishment of TCP/IP connection Establishment of
connection
<connect>
<data>
<client_id>sock3514555410
</client_id>
<protocol_version>2
</protocol_version>
</data>
</connect>"\0"
<admin_info></admin_info>"\0"
Acquisition of the
administrator
information.
<admin_info>
<code>OK</code>
<data>
<admin_name>ep-admin</
admin_name>
<location>Counter01</location>
</data>
</admin_info>"\0"
<open_device>
<device_id>keyboard01</
device_id>
<data>
<type>type_keyboard</type>
<buffer>true</buffer>
</data>
</open_device>"\0"
Device open
<open_device>
<device_id>keyboard01</
device_id>
<code>OK</code>
<data_id>1</data_id>
</open_device>"\0"
<device_data>
<device_id>keyboard01</
device_id>
<data>
<type>setprefix</type>
<keycodes array="true">49
</keycodes>
<keycodes>50</keycodes>
<keycodes>51</keycodes>
</data>
</device_data>"\0"
Device control

46
Chapter 3 Programming Guide - Communication Data Example
<device_data>
<device_id>keyboard01</
device_id>
<data>
<type>onkeypress</type>
<keycode>49</keycode>
<ascii>a</ascii>
</data>
<data_id>2</data_id>
</device_data>”\0”
<device_data>
<device_id>keyboard01</
device_id>
<data>
<type>onstring</type>
<input>11223344556677</input>
<prefix>a</prefix>
</data>
<data_id>3</data_id>
</device_data>”\0”
Device control
Key event (data_id=4) occurred
Detect a
disconnection
<connect><data>
<data>
<client_id>sock3514555411
</client_id>
<protocol_version>2
</protocol_version>
</data></data></connect>"\0"
Begin
reconnection
<data>
<old_client_id>sock3514555410
</old_client_id>
<new_client_id>sock3514555411
</new_client_id>
<received_id>3</received_id>
</data>
</reconnect>
<reconnect>
<code>OK</code>
</reconnect>"\0"
<device_data>
<device_id>keyboard01</
device_id>
<data>
<type>onkeypress</type>
<keycode>50</keycode >
<ascii>b</ascii >
</data>
<data_id>4</data_id>
</device_data>"\0"
<close_device>
<device_id>keyboard01</
device_id>
</close_device>"\0"
Device close
<close_device>
<device_id>keyboard01</
device_id>
<code>OK</code>
<data_id>5</data_id>
</close_device>"\0"
Applications ePOS-Device Description

47
Chapter 3 Programming Guide - Communication Data Example
Communication Box Message Example
<disconnect>
<data>
<client_id>sock3514555411
</client_id>
</data>
</disconnect>
Disconnection of
connection
Application A ePOS-Device Application B
• Opens the Communication Box
<open_commbox>
<sequence>1</
sequence>
<data>
<box_id>
box1
</box_id>
<member_id>
member1
</member_id>
</data>
</open_commbox>"\0"
<open_commbox>
<sequence>1</sequence>
<data>
<box_id>box1</box_id>
<code>OK</code>
</data>
<data_id>1</data_id>
</open_commbox>"\0"
<open_commbox>
<sequence>1</
sequence>
<data>
<box_id>
box1
</box_id>
<member_id>
member2
</member_id>
</data>
</open_commbox>"\0"
<open_commbox>
<sequence>1</sequence>
<data>
<box_id>box1</box_id>
<code>OK</code>
</data>
<data_id>1</data_id>
</open_commbox>"\0"
Applications ePOS-Device Description

48
Chapter 3 Programming Guide - Communication Data Example
• Forwards data to the Communication Box
<commbox_data>
<sequence>2</
sequence>
<data>
<type>send</type>
<box_id>box1</
box_id>
<message>
send_message
</message>
</data>
</commbox_data>"\0"
<commbox_data>
<sequence>2</sequence>
<data>
<type>onreceive</type>
<box_id>box1</box_id>
<sender_id>
member1
</sender_id>
<receiver_id>
</receiver_id>
<message>
send_message
</message>
</data>
<data_id>2</data_id>
</commbox_data>"\0"
<commbox_data>
<sequence>2</sequence>
<data>
<type>send</type>
<box_id>box1</box_id>
<code>OK</code>
<count>1</count>
</data>
<data_id>2</data_id>
</commbox_data>"\0"
Application A ePOS-Device Application B

49
Chapter 3 Programming Guide - Communication Data Example
• Acquires the transfer history of the Communication Box
<commbox_data>
<sequence>2</
sequence>
<data>
<type>
getcommhistory
</type>
<box_id>box1</
box_id>
</data>
</commbox_data>"\0"
<commbox_data>
<sequence>2</sequence>
<data>
<type>
getcommhistory
</type>
<box_id>box1</box_id>
<code>OK</code>
<history_list>
<senderId>
member1
</senderId>
<receiverId>
</receiverId>
<message>
send_message
</message>
</history_list>
</data>
<data_id>3</data_id>
</commbox_data>"\0"
• Closes the Communication Box
<close_commbox>
<sequence>3</
sequence>
<data>
<box_id>box1</
box_id>
</data>
</close_commbox>"\0"
<close_commbox>
<sequence>3</sequence>
<data>
<box_id>box1</box_id>
<code>OK</code>
</data>
<data_id>3</data_id>
</close_commbox>"\0"
<close_commbox>
<sequence>3</
sequence>
<data>
<box_id>box1</
box_id>
</data>
</close_commbox>"\0"
Application A ePOS-Device Application B

50
Chapter 3 Programming Guide - Array of <data> elements in <device_data> message
Array of <data> elements in <device_data> message
The following programming method is used to describe an array in the <data> tag:
❏ Specify the attribute array="true" at the beginning of the element to be used for the array.
❏ After that, specify a value with the same element name.
<close_commbox>
<sequence>3</sequence>
<data>
<box_id>box1</box_id>
<code>OK</code>
</data>
<data_id>4</data_id>
</close_commbox>"\0"
Application A ePOS-Device Application B
<data>
<type>setprefix</type>
<keycodes array="true">49</keycodes>
<keycodes>50</keycodes>
<keycodes>51</keycodes>
<keycodes>52</keycodes>
</data>
Example: To express "keycodes=[49, 50, 51, 52];"

51
Chapter 4 XML Reference - List of ePOS-Device XMLs
XML Reference
ePOS-Device XML has the following hierarchical structure.
List of ePOS-Device XMLs
The ePOS-Device XMLs provide the following.
Message
These XMLs are messages requested from applications to the printer and returned from the printer to
applications.
The number of messages in the data sent in one request from the application is 1.
To send multiple messages, send the data again for the number of times corresponding to the number of
messages.
CommunicationBox Message
<connect>
<reconnect>
<disconnect>
<type>getcommhistory</type>
<type>send</type>
<type>onreceive</type>
Printer Message
<type>print</type>
<type>onxmlresult</type>
<admin_info>
<open_commbox>
<close_commbox>
<commbox_data>
<open_device>
<close_device>
<device_data>
Massage
PrinterControl XML
<epos-print>
<response>
CustomerDisplay Message
<type>display</type>
<type>onxmlresult</type>
CustomerDisplayControl XML
<epos-display>
<response>
DeviceHubTerminal
BarcodeScanner
Printer
CustomerDisplay
HybridPrinter
Keyboard
POSKeyboard
MSR
SerialDevice
<service_data>
<error>
Storage
OtherPeripheral

52
Chapter 4 XML Reference - List of ePOS-Device XMLs
CommunicationBox Messages
These XMLs are used to communicate data between applications.
This type of XML is a child element of the <data> element of the <commbox_data> message and specifies data
for data communication between applications. Specify the type of message data with the <type> element, and
then specify data for the child element. Available <type> elements are as listed below.
Device Messages
These XMLs store request and response data for each device controlled. This type of XML is a child element of the
<data> element of the <device_data> message and specifies data to control a device. Components of the
message data differs depending on the device type. Specify the type of message data with the <type> element,
and then specify data for the child element.
Printers and customer displays can use the control XMLs to control print data and display.
Message Description
Message data for communication
path
<connect> Establishes the communication path.
<reconnect> Reestablishes the communication path.
<disconnect> Disconnects the communication path.
Message data for management
information
<admin_info>
Acquires the administrator and installation loca-
tion information.
CommunicationBox Messages
<open_commbox> Opens the communication box.
<close_commbox> Closes the communication box.
<commbox_data> Communicates between applications.
Message data for device communi-
cation
<open_device> Opens communication with a device.
<close_device> Closes communication with a device.
Device Messages <device_data>
Requests for device control.
Responds to device control.
Message data for OFSC-Print Ser-
vice
<service_data>
Requests for OFSC-Print Service.
Responds to OFSC-Print Service.
Message data for error notification <error>
Reports the error contents upon error occur-
rence.
<type> element Description
Transmission his-
tory
<type>getcommhistory</type>
<Request>/<Response>
Acquires the transmission history of the communication
box.
Transmission <type>send</type>
<Request>
Transmits data to the communication box.
Reception <type>onreceive</type>
<Response>
Notifies data from the communication box.

53
Chapter 4 XML Reference - List of ePOS-Device XMLs
Refer to Supported Printers by XMLs for the types of devices available for each printer.
DeviceHubTerminal
Controls the TM-DT series.
BarcodeScanner
Controls the scanner to read a barcode.
Device type Control XML
DeviceHubTerminal -
BarcodeScanner -
Printer PrinterControl XML
HybridPrinter PrinterControl XML
CustomerDisplay CustomerDisplayControl XML
Keyboard -
POSKeyboard -
MSR -
SerialDevice -
Storage -
OtherPeripheral -
<type> element Description
Shutdown
<type>shutdown</type>
<Request>
Shuts down TM-DT.
<type>onshutdown</type>
<Response>
Shut-down result of TM-DT.
Restart
<type>restart</type>
<Request>
Restarts TM-DT.
<type>onrestart</type>
<Response>
Restart result of TM-DT.
<type> element Description
Data detection <type>ondata</type>
<Response>
Scan data from the barcode scanner.

54
Chapter 4 XML Reference - List of ePOS-Device XMLs
Printer
Controls printing operation of the printer.
Refer to PrinterControl XML for details of print data.
HybridPrinter
Controls the hybrid model printers.
Refer to PrinterControl XML for details of print data.
<type> element Description
Controls a printer.
<type>print</type>
<Request>
Print data and configuration data to the printer.
<type>onxmlresult</type>
<Response>
Data from the printer.
<type> element Description
Device lock
<type>lock</type>
<Request>
Locks the device port.
<type>unlock</type>
<Request>
Unlocks the device port.
Receipt printing
<type>print</type>
<Request>
Print data and configuration data to the printer.
<type>onxmlresult</type>
<Response>
Data from the printer.
Slip printing
<type>slipwaitinsertion</type>
<Request>
Waiting for insertion of a slip sheet for slip printing.
<type>slipprint2</type>
<Request>
Print data and configuration data for slip printing.
<type>slipcancel</type>
<Request>
Cancels the slip sheet insertion wait status for slip printing.
Endorsement
printing
<type>endorsewaitinsertion</type>
<Request>
Waiting for insertion of a slip sheet for endorsement print-
ing.
<type>endorseprint2</type>
<Request>
Print data and setting data for endorsement printing.
<type>endorsecancel</type>
<Request>
Cancels the slip sheet insertion wait status for endorsement
printing.

55
Chapter 4 XML Reference - List of ePOS-Device XMLs
List of control operations
<type>element available for HybridPrinter message data depends on the operation to control.
The following lists control operation types and available <type>element.
Validation printing
<type>validationwaitinsertion</type>
<Request>
Waiting for validation sheet insertion for validation printing.
<type>validationprint2</type>
<Request>
Print data and setting data for validation printing.
<type>validationcancel</type>
<Request>
Cancels the validation sheet insertion wait status for valida-
tion printing.
MICR
<type>micrread</type>
<Request>
Reads MICR.
<type>micrcleaning</type>
<Request>
Cleans the MICR mechanism.
<type>micrcancel</type>
<Request>
Cancels cleaning sheet insertion wait status for cleaning
MICR.
Paper eject <type>eject</type>
<Request>
Ejects the paper.
Reception of result <type>onreceive</type>
<Response>
Acquires the execution result of the request to the printer.
<type>element
Control operation
Receipt Slip
Endorse-
ment
Validation MICR
<type>lock</type> ✔✔✔✔✔
<type>unlock</type> ✔✔✔✔✔
<type>print</type> ✔✔✔✔ -
<type>onxmlresult</type> ✔✔✔✔ -
<type>slipwaitinsertion</type> - ✔ ---
<type>slipprint2</type> - ✔ ---
<type>slipcancel</type> - ✔ ---
<type>endorsewaitinsertion</type> --✔ --
<type>endorseprint2</type> --✔ --
<type>endorsecancel</type> --✔ --
<type>validationwaitinsertion</type> ---✔ -
<type>validationprint2</type> ---✔ -
<type>validationcancel</type> ---✔ -
<type>micrread</type> ----✔
<type> element Description

56
Chapter 4 XML Reference - List of ePOS-Device XMLs
CustomerDisplay
Controls text display on the customer display.
Refer to CustomerDisplayControl XML for details of display data.
Keyboard
Controls character entry from the keyboard.
<type>micrcleaning</type> ----✔
<type>micrcancel</type> ----✔
<type>eject</type> - ✔✔✔✔
<type>onreceive</type> ✔✔✔✔✔
<type> element Description
Controls a cus-
tomer display.
<type>display</type>
<Request>
Display data and configuration data for the customer dis-
play.
<type>onxmlresult</type>
<Response>
Data from the customer display.
<type> element Description
Key detection <type>onkeypress</type>
<Response>
A string input from the keyboard.
String setting <type>setprefix</type>
<Request>
Specifies a key code used to determine the beginning of a
string to detect input from the keyboard.
String detection <type>onstring</type>
<Response>
A string input from the keyboard.
Key code setting <type>setMSRPrefix</type>
<Request>
Specifies a key code to used to determine the beginning of
reception of card information from a programmable key-
board with MSR.
Data detection <type>ondata</type>
<Response>
Card information from a programmable keyboard with MSR.
<type>element
Control operation
Receipt Slip
Endorse-
ment
Validation MICR

57
Chapter 4 XML Reference - List of ePOS-Device XMLs
POSKeyboard
Controls character entry from the POS keyboard.
MSR
Controls card reading by MSR.
SerialDevice
Controls serial communication between the printer and device.
Storage
Connects to the German fiscal element (TSE), and controls data read/write operations.
OtherPeripheral
Controls peripheral devices with a device control program.
<type> element Description
Data detection <data>onkeypress</data>
<Response>
A string input from the keyboard.
<type> element Description
Data detection <data>ondata</data>
<Response>
Data from MSR.
<type> element Description
String setting <type>sendcommand</type>
<Request>
Transmits a command to a serial device.
Detects acknowl-
edgment.
<type>oncommandreply</type>
<Response>
Data from the serial device.
<type> element Description
Send <type>operate</type>
<Request>
Sends operational command data to the German fiscal ele-
ment (TSE).
Reception of result <type>operateresult</type>
<Response>
Receives data from the operate request.
<type> element Description
Send <type>User-defined Function</type>
<Request>
Sends data to peripheral devices.

58
Chapter 4 XML Reference - List of ePOS-Device XMLs
PrinterControl XML
These XMLs are used to control print operations of a printer. <epos-print> is included in the child element
printdata of the <type> element print, while <response> is included in the child element resultdata of the
<type> element onxmlresult.
<epos-print> and <response> can be used with the following <type> elements.
Creating print document
These XMLs request the printer to execute a print function specified with <epos-print> and acquires the
execution result with <response>.
Reception of result <type>User-defined Event</type>
<Response>
Receives data from peripheral devices.
Device <type> element Child element XML document
Printer
<type>print</type> printdata <epos-print>
<type>onxmlresult</type> resultdata <response>
HybridPrinter
<type>print</type> printdata <epos-print>
<type>onxmlresult</type> resultdata <response>
<type>slipprint2</type>
printdata <epos-print><type>endorseprint2</type>
<type>validationprint2</type>
XML document Child element Function
<epos-print>
<text> Prints text.
<feed> Paper feed
<image> Prints a raster image.
<logo> Prints the NV logo.
<barcode> Prints a barcode.
<symbol> Prints a 2D symbol.
<hline> Prints a horizontal ruled line.
<vline-begin> Starts printing a vertical ruled line.
<vline-end> Ends printing a vertical ruled line.
<page> Switches to the page mode
<area> Defines the print area in the page mode.
<direction> Specifies the print direction in the page mode.
<position> Specifies the print position in the page mode.
<line> Draws a line in the page mode.
<type> element Description

59
Chapter 4 XML Reference - List of ePOS-Device XMLs
The print mode includes the standard mode, page mode, batch normal print mode, and the batch rotate print
mode.
• Standard mode
Prints data line by line. Line spacing is automatically adjusted according to character size, image size, and
barcode height. Suitable for printing receipts whose print length varies by print content.
• Page mode
Prints page by page. Prints characters, images, and/or barcodes on a single page that is defined as a print
area.
To print in the page mode, switch to the page mode using <page>.
• Batch normal print mode
This is a print mode in which the range of the print data (such as characters, images, barcodes, etc.) is set,
and the print data in the set range is compiled, and then printed.
Unlike the standard mode, printing starts after the entire print data has been received.
When performing the processing in the batch normal print mode, start the batch normal print processing
with <batch-begin>, and end the batch normal print processing with <batch-end>.
• Batch rotate print mode
This is a print mode in which the range of the print data (such as characters, images, barcodes, etc.) is set,
the print data in the set range is compiled, inverted, and then printed.
When performing the processing in the batch rotate print mode, start the batch rotate print processing
with <rotate-begin>, and end the batch rotate print processing with <rotate-end>.
The child elements that can be used in each mode are described in the table below.
<epos-print>
<rectangle> Draws a shape in the page mode.
<cut> Cuts the sheet.
<pulse> Kicks the drawer.
<sound> Sounds the buzzer.
<command> Inserts a command.
<layout> Sets the page layout.
<recovery> Recovers from a recoverable error.
<reset> Resets the printer.
<batch-begin> Starts the batch normal print mode.
<batch-end> Ends the batch normal print mode.
<rotate-begin> Starts the batch rotate print mode.
<rotate-end> Ends the batch rotate print mode.
<response> Acquires the execution result.
XML document Child element Standard mode Page mode
Batch normal
print mode
Batch rotate
print mode
<epos-print>
<text> ✔✔✔✔
<feed> ✔✔✔✔
XML document Child element Function

60
Chapter 4 XML Reference - List of ePOS-Device XMLs
List of support per print method
<epos-print>
<image> ✔✔✔✔
<logo> ✔✔✔✔
<barcode> ✔✔✔✔
<symbol> ✔✔✔✔
<hline> ✔ - ✔✔
<vline-begin> ✔ - ✔✔
<vline-end> ✔ - ✔✔
<page> ✔ ---
<area> - ✔ --
<direction> - ✔ --
<position> - ✔ --
<line> - ✔ --
<rectangle> - ✔ --
<cut> ✔ ---
<pulse> ✔ ---
<sound> ✔ ---
<command> ✔✔✔✔
<layout> ✔ - ✔✔
<recovery> ✔ ---
<reset> ✔ ---
<batch-begin> ✔ ---
<batch-end> ✔ - ✔ -
<rotate-begin> ✔ ---
<rotate-end> ✔ --✔
<response> ✔✔✔✔
Child element
Print method
Receipt Slip Endorsement
Endorsement
(40cpl)
Validation
<text> ✔✔✔✔✔
<feed> ✔✔✔✔✔
<image> ✔ ----
<logo> ✔ ----
<barcode> ✔ ----
XML document Child element Standard mode Page mode
Batch normal
print mode
Batch rotate
print mode

61
Chapter 4 XML Reference - List of ePOS-Device XMLs
List of child element default values
The default values of the child elements are listed below.
These values are effective before executing a child element defined on the printer device.
<symbol> ✔ ----
<hline> ✔ ----
<vline-begin> ✔ ----
<vline-end> ✔ ----
<page> ✔✔ --✔
<area> ✔✔ --✔
<direction> ✔✔ --✔
<position> ✔✔ --✔
<line> ✔✔ ---
<rectangle> ✔✔ ---
<cut> ✔ ----
<pulse> ✔✔✔✔✔
<sound> ✔ ----
<command> ✔✔✔✔✔
<layout> ✔ ----
<recovery> ✔✔✔✔✔
<reset> ✔✔✔✔✔
Child element Attribute Default value
<text>
lang “en”
font “font_a”
smooth “false” / “0”
dw “false” / “0”
dh “false” / “0”
width “1”
height “1”
reverse “false” / “0”
ul “false” / “0”
em “false” / “0”
color “color_1”
Child element
Print method
Receipt Slip Endorsement
Endorsement
(40cpl)
Validation

62
Chapter 4 XML Reference - List of ePOS-Device XMLs
<text>
x“0”
y “21”
align “left”
rotate “false” / “0”
linespc
Depends on the printer model.
For details, refer to Printer-specific Support Information.
<feed> linespc
<image>
color “color_1”
align “left”
mode “mono”
<logo> align “left”
<barcode>
hri “none”
font “font_a”
width “3”
height “162”
align “left”
rotate “false” / “0”
<symbol>
level
Depends on the 2D symbol type.
Refer to <symbol> for details.
width
hight
size
align “left”
rotate “false” / “0”
<area>
x“0”
y“0”
width
Depends on the printer model.
For details, refer to Printer-specific Support Information.
height
<direction> dir “left_to_right”
<position>
x“0”
y “21”
Child element Attribute Default value

63
Chapter 4 XML Reference - List of ePOS-Device XMLs
CustomerDisplayControl XML
These XMLs control text display on the customer display. <epos-display> and <response> are XMLs included in
the child element displaydata of <type>display</type> and the child element resultdata of
<type>onxmlresult</type>, respectively. These XMLs request the customer display to execute a function
specified with <epos-display> and acquires the execution result with <response>.
The default values of the child elements are listed below.
These values are effective before executing a child element defined on the device.
XML document Child element Function
<epos-display>
<window> Configures the window.
<screen> Base window settings
<textarea> Window settings
<cursor> Displays cursor.
<text> Displays text.
<marquee> Displays a marquee.
<blink> Blinks display.
<brightness> Changes the display brightness.
<backgroundcolor> Sets the background color.
<slideshow> Slide show settings
<downloadimage> Displays an image.
<registerdownloadimage> Registers an image.
<nvimage> Displays an NV image.
<clearimage> Deletes an image.
<symbol> Displays a two-dimensional symbol.
<clearsymbol> Deletes a two-dimensional symbol.
<clock> Displays the clock.
<clear> Clears the current display area.
<reset> Reset
<command> Runs a command.
<response> Acquires the execution result of <epos-display>.
Child element Attribute Default value
<window>
scrollmode “overwrite”
destroy “false” / “0”

64
Chapter 4 XML Reference - List of ePOS-Device XMLs
The child elements and attributes that can be used vary depending on the customer display used and its display
modes.
The table below shows the child elements that can be used in each customer display and display mode.
<textarea>
x“0”
y“0”
width “0”
height “0”
scrollmode “overwrite”
destroy “false” / “0”
<text>
reverse “false” / “0”
lang “en”
<marquee>
format “walk”
repeat “0”
lang “en”
<slideshow> stop “false” / “0”
<downloadimage>
x“0”
y“0”
width “0”
height “0”
<nvimage>
x“0”
y“0”
width “0”
height “0”
<symbol>
dotx “0”
doty “0”
quietzone “false” / “0”
Child element Attribute DM-D30
DM-D70
(Standard
mode)
DM-D70
(Column/row fixed
mode)
DM-D110/
DM-D210
<window> ✔ - ✔✔
<screen> - ✔✔-
<textarea> - ✔ --
<cursor>
x ✔✔ ✔ ✔
y ✔✔ ✔ ✔
moveto ✔✔ ✔ ✔
type ✔ --✔
Child element Attribute Default value

65
Chapter 4 XML Reference - List of ePOS-Device XMLs
*: The setting value "mul" cannot be used.
<text>
x ✔✔ ✔ ✔
y ✔✔ ✔ ✔
reverse ✔ --✔
lang ✔* ✔✔✔*
color - ✔ --
<marquee> ✔✔ ✔ ✔
<blink> ✔ --✔
<brightness> ✔✔ ✔ ✔
<backgroundcolor> - ✔ --
<slideshow> - ✔ --
<downloadimage> - ✔ --
<registerdownloadimage> - ✔ --
<nvimage> - ✔ --
<clearimage> - ✔ --
<symbol> - ✔ --
<clearsymbol> - ✔ --
<clock> -- - ✔
<clear> ✔✔ ✔ ✔
<reset> ✔✔ ✔ ✔
<command> ✔✔ ✔ ✔
Child element Attribute DM-D30
DM-D70
(Standard
mode)
DM-D70
(Column/row fixed
mode)
DM-D110/
DM-D210

66
Chapter 4 XML Reference - Message
Message
Connects an application to the printer.
The number of messages in the data sent in one request from the application is 1.
To send multiple messages, send the data again for the number of times corresponding to the number of
messages.
<connect>
Connects ePOS-Device Service of the printer and an application, and then notifies the application of this
connection.
Response
data
Sample program
Supplementary explanation
❏ Configure an application to send a message upon receipt of the <connect> message.
❏ Connection is notified to the application only when the connection has been established successfully.
Element Data type Description
data string Connection information
Child element Data type Description
client_id string ID of the connected application
protocol_version string Protocol version of the connected printer
<connect>
<data>
<client_id>1234567890</client_id>
<protocol_version>2.0</protocol_version>
</data>
</connect>

67
Chapter 4 XML Reference - Message
<reconnect>
Requests for reconnection between the printer and the network, and then notifies the application of the
acquired result.
Request
Sample program
Response
code
Sample program
• Normal case
• Abnormal case
Element Data type Description
old_client_id string Specify the client_id received by <connect> in the previous session.
new_client_id string Specify the client_id received by <connect> in the current session.
received_id int
Specify the last data_id of those received in each data communica-
tion.
<reconnect>
<data>
<new_client_id>1234567890</new_client_id>
<old_client_id>0987654321</old_client_id>
<received_id>112</received_id>
</data>
</reconnect>
Element Data type Description
code string Reconnection confirmation result
Element value Description
"OK" Reconnection succeeded.
“CLIENT_NOT_FOUND” Connection corresponding to the specified client_id does not exist.
“PARAM_ERROR” A parameter error occurred.
“SYSTEM_ERROR” A system error occurred.
<reconnect>
<code>OK</code>
</reconnect>
<reconnect>
<code>PARAM_ERROR</code>
</reconnect>

68
Chapter 4 XML Reference - Message
<disconnect>
Requests for disconnection of communication established by <connect> and notifies the application of the
acquired request result.
Request
data
Sample program
Response
code
Sample program
• Normal case
• Abnormal case
Element Data type Description
data string Specifies the application to disconnect.
Child element Data type Description
client_id string Specifies the client_id to disconnect.
<disconnect>
<data>
<client_id>1234567890</client_id>
</data>
</disconnect>
Element Data type Description
code string Disconnection result
Element value Description
"OK" Disconnection succeeded.
“PARAM_ERROR” A parameter error occurred.
“SYSTEM_ERROR” A system error occurred.
<disconnect>
<code>OK</code>
</disconnect>
<disconnect>
<code>PARAM_ERROR</code>
</disconnect>

69
Chapter 4 XML Reference - Message
<admin_info>
Requests for administrator data registered in the printer, and then notifies the application of the acquired result.
Request
Sample program
Response
code
data
Sample program
• Normal case
• Abnormal case
Supplementary explanation
❏ Set the administrator information using EPSON TMNet WebConfig.
❏ Data is notified to the application only when it has been acquired successfully.
<admin_info></admin_info>
Element Data type Description
code string Acquisition result of the administrator data.
data string Acquired administrator data.
Element value Description
"OK" Successfully acquired.
“PARAM_ERROR” A parameter error occurred.
“SYSTEM_ERROR” A system error occurred.
Child element Data type Description
admin_name string Administrator data
location string Installation location data
<admin_info>
<code>OK</code>
<data>
<admin_name>Administrator A</admin_name>
<location>Counter1&Counter2</location>
</data>
</admin_info>
<admin_info>
<code>PARAM_ERROR</code>
</admin_info>

70
Chapter 4 XML Reference - Message
<open_commbox>
Requests for opening the communication box and notifies the application of the acquired request result.
ePOS-Device Service creates a communication box and add the application as a member of the communication
box.
Request
data
Sample program
Response
data
• code
Element Data type Description
sequence string Specifies the sequence number.
data string Specifies the data of the communication box to open.
Child element Data type Description
box_id string Identifier of the communication box to open
member_id string
Member ID used by the application to identify itself within the com-
munication box
<open_commbox>
<sequence>1</sequence>
<data>
<box_id>box1</box_id>
<member_id>member1</member_id>
</data>
</open_commbox>
Element Data type Description
sequence string Sequence number specified in the request
data string Result of opening the communication box
data_id string ID to identify sent data
Child element Data type Description
box_id string Identifier of the opened communication box
code string Result of opening the communication box
Element value Description
"OK" Communication box opened successfully.

71
Chapter 4 XML Reference - Message
“ALREADY_OPENED” Communication box is already open.
“MEMBERID_ALREADY_USED” Specified member ID is already in use.
“BOX_COUNT_OVER”
The number of created communication boxes has exceeded the
upper limit.
“BOX_CLIENT_OVER”
The number of members belong to the communication box has
exceeded the upper limit.
“ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED“ The printer does not support the requested function.
“PARAMETER_ERROR” A parameter error occurred.
“SYSTEM_ERROR” A system error occurred.
Element value Description

72
Chapter 4 XML Reference - Message
<close_commbox>
Requests for closing the communication box and notifies the application of the acquired request result.
ePOS-Device Service deletes the application from the communication box, and deletes the communication box
if there is no member left.
Request
data
Sample program
Response
data
• code
Element Data type Description
sequence string Specifies the sequence number.
data string Specifies the data of the communication box to close.
Child element Data type Description
box_id string Identifier of the communication box to close
<close_commbox>
<sequence>2</sequence>
<data>
<box_id>box1</box_id>
</data>
</close_commbox>
Element Data type Description
sequence string Sequence number specified in the request
data string Result of closing the communication box
data_id string ID to identify sent data
Child element Data type Description
box_id string Identifier of the closed communication box
code string Result of closing the communication box
Element value Description
"OK" Communication box closed successfully.
"NOT_OPENED" Communication box is not open.
“SYSTEM_ERROR” A system error occurred.

73
Chapter 4 XML Reference - Message
<commbox_data>
Requests for inter-application data communication using the communication box and notifies the application of
the acquired request result.
Request
Response
Supplementary explanation
❏ The contents of the <data> element are defined for each purpose of communication. Refer to Communi-
cationBox Messages for details.
❏ If <type>onreceive</type> is specified in the data element of the request, 0 will be returned to the
sequence element of the response.
Element Data type Description
sequence string Sequence number
data string Specifies data to communicate between applications.
Element Data type Description
sequence string Sequence number specified in the request
data string Data to communicate between applications
data_id int ID to identify sent data

74
Chapter 4 XML Reference - Message
<open_device>
Establishes communication between a device connected to the printer and the application to enable to use the
device. Requests for using the specified device and notifies the application of the acquired request result.
Request
data
Sample program
Response
Element Data type Description
device_id string Specifies the device ID.
data string
Specifies the device category name and buffer setting upon discon-
nection.
Child element Data type Description
type string
Specifies the device category name.
• "type_dt": Device hub terminal (TM-DT)
• "type_scanner": Barcode scanner
• "type_keyboard": Keyboard
• "type_poskeyboard": POS keyboard
• "type_msr": MSR
• "type_printer": Printer
• "type_hybrid_printer": Hybrid printer
• "type_display": Customer display
• "type_simple_serial": Serial communication device
• "type_storage": German fiscal element (TSE)
• "type_other_peripheral": Other peripheral device
buffer string
Specifies the buffer function upon disconnection.
• "true": Enabled
• "false": Disabled
<open_device>
<device_id>scanner_001</device_id>
<data>
<type>type_scanner</type>
</data>
</open_device>
Element Data type Description
device_id string Device ID specified in the request
code string Processing result

75
Chapter 4 XML Reference - Message
code
Sample program
• Normal case
• Abnormal case
Supplementary explanation
❏ When <open_device> is executed successfully, devices other than the printer are exclusively locked.
❏ When specifying type_display in the child element type of data, specify local_display in device_id.
❏ When specifying storage in the child element type of data, specify local_TSE in device_id.
❏ For the device categories that can be specified with ‘data’, refer to the Device Messages list.
❏ Executing <open_device> again for the same device after <open_device> has already been executed
sometimes generates the DEVICE_OPEN_ERROR depending on when processed, which results in termi-
nation of the connection with the device. Execute <open_device> again to reestablish the connection.
data_id int
One of the following values is set depending on the value set in <buf-
fer> of the <open_device> message.
• true: ID of sent data
• false: Null string
Element value Description
"OK" Process succeeded.
“DEVICE_NOT_FOUND" The specified device does not exist.
“DEVICE_IN_USE” The specified device is in use.
“DEVICE_OPEN_ERROR” Failed to open the specified device.
“DRIVER_ERROR” Error occurred in the device control script.
“SYSTEM_ERROR” A system error occurred.
“DEVICE_TYPE_INVALID” The device type of the specified device is different.
“PARAM_ERROR” A parameter error occurred.
<open_device>
<device_id>scanner_001</device_id>
<code>OK</code>
<data_id>2</data_id>
</open_device>
<open_device>
<code>DEVICE_NOT_FOUND</code>
<device_id>scanner_001</device_id>
<data_id>2</data_id>
</open_device>
Element Data type Description

76
Chapter 4 XML Reference - Message
<close_device>
Close connection with the device opened by <open_device>.
Requests for terminating use of the specified device and notifies the application of the acquired request result.
Request
Sample program
Response
code
Sample program
• Normal case
Element Data type Description
device_id string Specifies the device ID.
<close_device>
<device_id>local_display</device_id>
</close_device>
Element Data type Description
device_id string Device ID specified in the request
code string Processing result
data_id int
One of the following values is set depending on the value set in <buf-
fer> of the <open_device> message.
• true: ID of sent data
• false: Null string
Element value Description
"OK" Process succeeded.
“DEVICE_NOT_FOUND" The specified device does not exist.
“DEVICE_NOT_OPEN" The specified device ID is not open.
“DEVICE_CLOSE_ERROR” Failed to close the specified device.
“SYSTEM_ERROR” A system error occurred.
“PARAM_ERROR” A parameter error occurred.
<close_device>
<device_id>local_display</device_id>
<code>OK</code>
<data_id>2</data_id>
</close_device>

77
Chapter 4 XML Reference - Message
• Abnormal case
Supplementary explanation
When specifying type_display in the child element type of <open_device> data, specify local_display in
device_id.
<close_device>
<device_id>scanner_001</device_id>
<code>DEVICE_NOT_FOUND</code>
<data_id>2</data_id>
</close_device>

78
Chapter 4 XML Reference - Message
<device_data>
Sends and receives data to and from a device and controls various devices.
Sends device control commands as well as print or display data in requests, acquires device control result, events
which occurred, and input data from devices in responses, and notifies the application of the responses.
Request
Sample program
Response
Sample program
Element Data type Description
sequence string
Specifies an arbitrary figure used to identify the request message
upon a transmission error.
device_id string Specifies an opened device ID.
data string Specifies data to control the device.
<device_data>
<sequence>123</sequence>
<device_id>poskeyboard001</device_id>
<data>
<type>setprefix</type>
<keycodes array="true">49</keycodes>
<keycodes>50</keycodes>
<keycodes>51</keycodes>
<keycodes>52</keycodes>
</data>
</device_data>
Element Data type Description
sequence string Fixed to "0”
device_id string Device ID which generated data
data string Generated data
data_id int
One of the following values is set depending on the value set in <buf-
fer> of the <open_device> message.
• true: ID of sent data
• false: Null string
<device_data>
<sequence>0</sequence>
<device_id>poskeyboard001</device_id>
<data>
<type>onstring</type>
<input>&2398749238429</input>
<prefix>49</prefix>
</data>
<data_id>2</data_id>
</device_data>

79
Chapter 4 XML Reference - Message
Supplementary explanation
❏ The figure specified in the child element sequence will be passed to sequence of the <error> message
when a transmission error occurs.
❏ The contents of the data element are defined for each device type. Refer to Device Messages for details.
❏ When specifying DeviceHubTerminal in the child element type of data, specify local_dt in device_id.
❏ When specifying CustomerDisplay in the child element type of data, specify local_display in device_id.
❏ When specifying storage in the child element type of data, specify local_TSE in device_id.

80
Chapter 4 XML Reference - Message
<service_data>
Sends and receives data to and from the OFSC-Print service to enable the OFSC-Print service to control the
printer.
Request
data
Sample program
Response
Element Data type Description
sequence string
Specifies an arbitrary figure to identify relationship between the
request and response.
service_id string Fixed to "OFSC”
data string Specifies data to send.
Child element Data type Description
type string Fixed to "print”
timeout int
Specifies the timeout for the request in milliseconds.
Value: 1000 to 60000 (integer)
printdata string Specifies XML data for DeviceExecuteRequest of OFSC.
<service_data>
<sequence>123</sequence>
<service_id>OFSC</service_id>
<data>
<type>print</type>
<timeout>10000</timeout>
<printdata>
<DeviceExecuteRequest xmlns="http://www.ofsc.org/namespace/Device/2008/11"
FixVersion="0" MajorVersion="1" MinorVersion="0">
<ARTSHeader>
<MessageID>0</MessageID>
<DateTime>2011-03-08T12:34:56+09:00</DateTime>
<Requestor>Yamada</Requestor>
<WorkstationID>HT10</WorkstationID>
</ARTSHeader>
<Device>
.
.
</DeviceExecuteRequest>
</printdata>
</data>
</service_data>
Element Data type Description
sequence string Sequence value specified in the request
service_id string Fixed to "OFSC”

81
Chapter 4 XML Reference - Message
data
Sample program
Supplementary explanation
❏ Cannot be used with ePOS-Device XML (English version).
❏ OFSC-Print is an XML-based print method designed for POS/Order Entry Systems for the food service
industry. It controls devices in accordance with the OFSC (Open Foodservice System Consortium) device
connection standard. Refer to the following URL for details of the OFSC device connection standard:
http://www.ofsc.jp/
❏ The figure specified in the sequence element of the request will be passed to sequence of the <error>
message when the response is generated or a transmission error occurs.
❏ Contents of the child element of printdata and resultdata are defined by the OFSC-Print service. Refer to
the OFSC-Print User's Manual for the details.
data string XML data of DeviceExecuteResponse
Child element Data type Description
type string Fixed to “service_data”
resultdata string Result of OFSC printing
<service_data>
<sequence>123</sequence>
<service_data>
<sequence>123</sequence>
<service_id>OFSC</service_id>
<data>
<response>
<DeviceExecuteRespnse>
.
.
</DeviceExecuteRespnse>
</response>
</data>
</service_data>
Element Data type Description

82
Chapter 4 XML Reference - Message
<error>
Acquires a device control command in <device_data>, service control command error in <service_data>, and
other common errors, and then notifies the application of the error.
Response
code
• Error in device_data
• Error in service_data
• Other errors
Element Data type Description
sequence string ID to identify the message causing the error
device_id string Device ID which generated the error
code string Displays the error as a code.
data string
Error details corresponding to the driver upon DRIVER_ERROR occur-
rence
data_id int
One of the following values is set depending on the value set in <buf-
fer> of the <open_device> message.
• true: ID of sent data
• false: Null string
Element value Description
“DEVICE_NOT_FOUND" The specified device ID does not exist.
“DEVICE_NOT_OPEN" The specified device is not open.
“SEND_ERROR”
Error occurred when sending data to the corresponding physical
device.
“DRIVER_ERROR” Error was detected in the driver.
“PARAM_ERROR” A parameter error occurred.
“FUNCTION_NOT_FOUND” The specified function does not exist in the driver.
Element value Description
“SERVICE_NOT_FOUND” The specified service ID does not exist.
“SEND_ERROR” An error occurred while sending data.
“PARAM_ERROR” A parameter error occurred.
Element value Description
“COMMAND_ILLEGAL” The XML contains a syntax error.
“SYSTEM_ERROR” A system error occurred.

83
Chapter 4 XML Reference - Message
Sample program
Supplementary explanation
❏ The value specified in the sequence element of the <device_data> or <service_data> request is passed
to sequence.
❏ device_id is set for an error in <device_data>.
<error>
<sequence>123</sequence>
<device_id>scanner002</device_id>
<code>DEVICE_NOT_OPEN</code>
<data></data>
<data_id>2</data_id>
</error>

84
Chapter 4 XML Reference - CommunicationBox Messages
CommunicationBox Messages
Controls data transmission and reception between the communication box and an application.
<type>getcommhistory</type>
Requests for the transmission history of the communication box and notifies the application of the acquired
request result.
Request
all_history
Sample program
Response
code
Child element Data type Description
box_id string Specifies the identifier of the communication box to acquire.
all_history boolean
Specifies whether or not to acquire the entire transmission history of
the communication box.
Attribute value Description
"true" / "1” Acquires the entire transmission history of the communication box.
“false” / “0”
Acquires the transmission history of data sent to the own member ID
only.
<commbox_data>
<sequence>4</sequence>
<data>
<type>getcommhistory</type>
<box_id>box1</box_id>
</data>
</commbox_data>
Child element Data type Description
box_id string Identifier of the acquired communication box
code string Result of sent data
history_list string Acquired transmission history
Attribute value Description
"OK"
Acquisition of the transmission history of the communication box suc-
ceeded.
"NOT_OPENED" The communication box is not open.

85
Chapter 4 XML Reference - CommunicationBox Messages
history_list
Sample program
Supplementary explanation
❏ If the “all_history” child element is omitted, “false”/“0” is specified.
❏ <history_list> is notified for the number of transmission histories acquired.
❏ The <history_list> child element stores data in the descending order of dates.
“SYSTEM_ERROR” A system error occurred.
Child element Description
senderId The member ID of the sender
receiverId The member ID of the receiver
message Received message
<commbox_data>
<sequence>4</sequence>
<data>
<type>getcommhistory</type>
<box_id>box1</box_id>
<code>OK</code>
<history_list>
<senderId>member1</senderId>
<receiverId></receiverId>
<message>send_message3</message>
</history_list>
<history_list>
<senderId>member1</senderId>
<receiverId></receiverId>
<message>send_message2</message>
</history_list>
<history_list>
<senderId>member1</senderId>
<receiverId></receiverId>
<message>send_message</message>
</history_list>
</data>
<data_id>10</data_id>
</commbox_data>
Attribute value Description

86
Chapter 4 XML Reference - CommunicationBox Messages
<type>send</type>
Sends data to the communication box and notifies the application of the acquired transmission result.
Request
Sample program
Response
code
Supplementary explanation
If a null string is specified in the member_id child element, the message is sent to all the applications
belonging to the communication box.
Child element Data type Description
box_id string
Specifies the identifier of the communication box to send the mes-
sage.
message string Specifies the message to send.
member_id string Specifies the member ID to send.
<commbox_data>
<sequence>3</sequence>
<data>
<type>send</type>
<box_id>box1</box_id>
<message>send_message</message>
</data>
</commbox_data>
Child element Data type Description
box_id string Identifier of the communication box to which the message was sent
code string Message transmission result
count string Number of clients which tried to send the message
Attribute value Description
"OK" Message transmission succeeded.
"NOT_OPENED" The communication box is not open.
"MEMBER_NOT_FOUND" The specified member ID cannot be found.
“SYSTEM_ERROR” A system error occurred.

87
Chapter 4 XML Reference - CommunicationBox Messages
<type>onreceive</type>
Acquires data sent to the communication box and notifies the application of the acquired data.
Response
Sample program
Supplementary explanation
❏ When all the applications belonging to the communication box acquires the message, a null string is set.
❏ No <type>onreceive</type> is notified if a communication error occurs.
To notify the disconnection event, implement the <reconnect>.
❏ If a communication error occurs and it is deemed that no recovery will take place, notify <disconnect>.
Since no <type>onreceive</type> is notified, detect data transmission failures in <disconnect>.
Child element Data type Description
box_id string Identifier of the communication box to which the message was sent
sender_id string Member ID used to send the message
receiver_id string Member ID to acquire the sent message
message string Message sent to the communication box
<commbox_data>
<sequence>3</sequence>
<data>
<type>onreceive</type>
<box_id>box1</box_id>
<sender_id>member1</sender_id>
<receiver_id></receiver_id>
<message>send_message</message>
</data>
<data_id>19</data_id>
</commbox_data>

88
Chapter 4 XML Reference - DeviceHubTerminal Messages
DeviceHubTerminal Messages
<type>shutdown</type>
Requests for shutting down the TM-DT power. The execution result of shutdown is acquired by the
<type>onshutdown</type> element.
Request
Sample program
Supplementary explanation
The shutdown setting of TM-DT must be set to "Allowed" by using EPSON TMNet WebConfig. For details,
refer to the Technical Reference Guide of the TM-DT.
Child element Data type Description
password string Specify the password set in EPSON TMNet WebConfig as a string.
<device_data>
<device_id>local_dt</device_id>
<data>
<type>shutdown</type>
<password>epson</password>
</data>
</device_data>

89
Chapter 4 XML Reference - DeviceHubTerminal Messages
<type>onshutdown</type>
Acquires the execution result of the <type>shutdown</type> element and notifies the application of the result.
Response
status
Child element Data type Description
status string Execution result of shutdown
Attribute value Description
“SUCCESS” Shutdown succeeded.
“AUTHENTICATION_ERROR” Password authentication error
“ACCESS_DENIED” Shutdown from ePOS-Device XML is not set.
“SYSTEM_ERROR” A system error occurred.

90
Chapter 4 XML Reference - DeviceHubTerminal Messages
<type>restart</type>
Requests for restarting TM-DT. The execution result of restart is acquired by the <type>onrestart</type>
element.
Request
Sample program
Supplementary explanation
The shutdown setting of TM-DT must be set to "Allowed" by using EPSON TMNet WebConfig. For details,
refer to the Technical Reference Guide of the TM-DT.
Child element Data type Description
password string Specify the password set in EPSON TMNet WebConfig as a string.
<device_data>
<device_id>local_dt</device_id>
<data>
<type>restart</type>
<password>epson</password>
</data>
</device_data>

91
Chapter 4 XML Reference - DeviceHubTerminal Messages
<type>onrestart</type>
Acquires the execution result of the <type>restart</type> element and notifies the application of the result.
Response
status
Child element Data type Description
status string Execution result of restart
Attribute value Description
“SUCCESS” Restart succeeded.
“AUTHENTICATION_ERROR” Password authentication error
“ACCESS_DENIED” Shutdown from ePOS-Device XML is not set.
“SYSTEM_ERROR” A system error occurred.

92
Chapter 4 XML Reference - BarcodeScanner Messages
BarcodeScanner Messages
<type>ondata</type>
Acquires data read from the barcode by the scanner, and notifies the application of the data.
Response
Sample program
Child element Data type Description
input string String of received scan data
<data>
<type>ondata</type>
<input>F12345678909123</input>
</data>

93
Chapter 4 XML Reference - Printer Messages
Printer Messages
<type>print</type>
Sends print data and configuration data to the printer and requests it for printing. The request result is acquired
by the <type>onxmlresult</type> element.
Request
Print data size
The following lists the maximum sizes of the print data that can be sent at one shot.
When sending print data whose size exceeds the limit, separate the data.
❏ TM-m30: 2MB
❏ TM-DT Series/TM-i Series:
Sample program
• Request A: Does not specify the print job ID.
Child element Data type Description
timeout int
Specifies the timeout for the request in milliseconds.
Value: 1000 to 300000 (integer)
printjobid string Specifies the print job ID (optional).
printdata string Specifies data to print.
Version Printing Speed
TM-DT Software TM-i Firmware 300 mm/s 200 mm/s
2.5 or earlier 4.0 or earlier 200 KB 133 KB
- 4.1 400 KB 267 KB
3.0 or later 4.3 or later 4 MB 2.67 MB
<data>
<type>print</type>
<timeout>10000</timeout>
<printdata>
<!-- Printer Control XML -->
<epos-print xmlns=
.
.
</epos-print>
</printdata>
</data>

94
Chapter 4 XML Reference - Printer Messages
• Request B: Specifies the print job ID.
• Request C: Acquires the print result when the spooler function is enabled.
Supplementary explanation
❏ The print job ID can be specified using alphanumeric characters, underscore, hyphen, and period in 1 to
30 digits.
❏ Refer to PrinterControl XML for details of print data specified in the printdata child element.
❏ Blank print data needs to be sent to acquire the print result while the spooler function is enabled.
Therefore, the child element of the <epos-print> element is not specified.
<device_data>
<device_id>local_printer</device_id>
<data>
<type>print</type>
<timeout>60000</timeout>
<printjobid>ABC123</printjobid>
<printdata>
<epos-print xmlns="http://www.epson-pos.com/schemas/2011/03/epos-print">
<text>Hello, World! </text>
<cut />
</epos-print>
</printdata>
</data>
</device_data>
<device_data>
<device_id>local_printer</device_id>
<data>
<type>print</type>
<printjobid>123</printjobid>
<timeout>60000</timeout>
<printdata>
<epos-print xmlns="http://www.epson-pos.com/schemas/2011/03/epos-print"/>
</printdata>
</data>
</device_data>

95
Chapter 4 XML Reference - Printer Messages
<type>onxmlresult</type>
Acquires the result of the print request given by the <type>print</type> element and notifies the application of
the result.
Response
Sample program
• Response to Request A
• Response to Request B
• Response to Request A (with spooler function enabled)
Child element Data type Description
printjobid string Print job ID
resultdata string Print result
<data>
<type>onxmlresult</type>
<resultdata>
<response success="true"/>
</resultdata>
</data>
<device_data>
<device_id>local_printer</device_id>
<data>
<type>onxmlresult</type>
<printjobid>ABC123</printjobid>
<resultdata>
<response xmlns="http://www.epson-pos.com/schemas/2011/03/epos-print"
success="true" code="" status="252641302" battery="0" />
</resultdata>
</data>
</device_data>
<device_data>
<device_id>local_printer</device_id>
<data>
<type>onxmlresult</type>
<printjobid>123</printjobid>
<resultdata>
<response xmlns="http://www.epson-pos.com/schemas/2011/03/epos-print"
success="true" code="" status="2" battery="0" />
</resultdata>
</data>
</device_data>

96
Chapter 4 XML Reference - Printer Messages
• Response to Request C
Supplementary explanation
❏ Refer to <response> for details of the print result acquired in the resultdata child element.
❏ If the application does not specify the print job ID, the printer issues the print job ID instead.
❏ When the spooler function is enabled, the <response> of this element returns “true” to ‘success’, “(null
string)” to ‘code”, “0x00000002” or “0x80000000” to ‘status’, and “0” to ‘battery’ respectively.
The actual print result can be acquired by requesting for it with the print job ID specified.
❏ No <type>onxmlresult</type> is notified if a communication error occurs.
To notify the disconnection event, implement the <reconnect>.
❏ If a communication error occurs and it is deemed that no recovery will take place, notify <disconnect>.
Since no <type>onxmlresult</type> is notified in this case, detect print failures in <disconnect>.
<device_data>
<device_id>local_printer</device_id>
<data>
<type>onxmlresult</type>
<printjobid>123</printjobid>
<resultdata>
<response xmlns="http://www.epson-pos.com/schemas/2011/03/epos-print"
success="true" code="" status="252641302" battery="0" />
</resultdata>
</data>
</device_data>

97
Chapter 4 XML Reference - HybridPrinter Messages
HybridPrinter Messages
<type>lock</type>
Requests for locking the device port. Use this method when, for example, performing MICR control and slip
printing sequentially to prevent other processes from interrupting the operation. The request result is acquired
by the <type>onreceive</type> element.
Request
Sample program
Supplementary explanation
After executing <type>lock</type>, execute the <type>unlock</type> element before closing the appli-
cation.
If you fail to do this, the device port cannot be locked for approximately 5 minutes until ePOSDevice
Service unlocks the port and ERROR_DEVICE_BUSY is passed to the <type>onreceive</type> element.
<device_data>
<device_id>local_printer</device_id>
<data>
<type>lock</type>
</data>
</device_data>

99
Chapter 4 XML Reference - HybridPrinter Messages
<type>print</type>
Sends print data and configuration data to the printer and requests it for printing a sales slip. The request result is
acquired by the <type>onxmlresult</type> element.
Request
Sample program
Supplementary explanation
❏ If the “timeout” child element is omitted, “10000” is specified.
❏ Refer to PrinterControl XML for details of print data specified in the printdata child element.
Child element Data type Description
timeout int
Specifies the timeout for the request in milliseconds.
Value: 1 to 300000 (integer)
printdata string Specifies data to print.
<device_data>
<device_id>local_printer</device_id>
<data>
<type>print</type>
<timeout>10000</timeout>
<printdata>
<!-- Printer Control XML -->
<epos-print xmlns=
.
.
</epos-print>
</printdata>
</data>
</device_data>

100
Chapter 4 XML Reference - HybridPrinter Messages
<type>onxmlresult</type>
Acquires the result of the print request given by the <type>print</type> element and notifies the application of
the result.
Response
Sample program
Supplementary explanation
Refer to <response> for details of the print result acquired in the resultdata child element.
Child element Data type Description
resultdata string Print result
<data>
<type>onxmlresult</type>
<resultdata>
<response success= />
</resultdata>
</data>

101
Chapter 4 XML Reference - HybridPrinter Messages
<type>slipwaitinsertion</type>
Requests for the slip sheet insertion wait status for slip printing.
After executing this element, insert the slip sheet into the printer.
The request result is acquired by the <type>onreceive</type> element.
Request
Sample program
Supplementary explanation
❏ If the “timeout” child element is omitted, “60000” is specified.
❏ If the “waittime” child element is omitted, “500” is specified.
❏ waittime values are rounded down to the nearest 100 milliseconds.
Example: 1 -> 0, 101 -> 100, 150 -> 100
❏ When the paper is inserted, it is cued according to the print method.
Child element Data type Description
timeout int
Specifies the timeout period for slip sheet insertion wait status in milli-
seconds.
Value: 5000 to 900000 (integer)
waittime int
Specifies the operation start wait time after insertion of the slip sheet.
Value: 0 to 6400 (integer)
<device_data>
<device_id>local_printer</device_id>
<data>
<type>slipwaitinsertion</type>
<timeout>60000</timeout>
<waittime>500</waittime>
</data>
</device_data>

102
Chapter 4 XML Reference - HybridPrinter Messages
<type>slipprint2</type>
Transfers print data and setting data and requests the printer for slip printing.
The request result is acquired by the <type>onreceive</type> element.
Request
Sample program
Supplementary explanation
❏ If the “timeout” child element is omitted, “10000” is specified.
❏ Refer to PrinterControl XML for details of print data specified in the printdata child element.
Child element Data type Description
printdata string Specifies data to print.
timeout int
Specifies the timeout period for slip sheet insertion wait status in milli-
seconds.
Value: 5000 to 1000000 (integer)
<device_data>
<device_id>local_printer</device_id>
<data>
<type>slipprint2</type>
<printdata>
<!-- Printer Control XML -->
<epos-print xmlns=
.
.
</epos-print>
</printdata>
<timeout>10000</timeout>
</data>
</device_data>

103
Chapter 4 XML Reference - HybridPrinter Messages
<type>slipcancel</type>
Requests for canceling slip sheet insertion wait status after executing the <type>slipwaitinsertion</type>. The
request result is acquired by the <type>onreceive</type> element.
Request
<device_data>
<device_id>local_printer</device_id>
<data>
<type>slipcancel</type>
</data>
</device_data>

104
Chapter 4 XML Reference - HybridPrinter Messages
<type>endorsewaitinsertion</type>
Requests for the slip sheet insertion wait status for endorsement printing.
After executing this element, insert the slip sheet into the printer.
The request result is acquired by the <type>onreceive</type> element.
Request
Sample program
Supplementary explanation
❏ If the “timeout” child element is omitted, “60000” is specified.
❏ If the “waittime” child element is omitted, “500” is specified.
❏ waittime values are rounded down to the nearest 100 milliseconds.
Example: 1 -> 0, 101 -> 100, 150 -> 100
❏ When the paper is inserted, it is cued according to the print method.
Child element Data type Description
timeout int
Specifies the timeout period for slip sheet insertion wait status in milli-
seconds.
Value: 5000 to 900000 (integer)
waittime int
Specifies the operation start wait time after insertion of the slip sheet.
Value: 0 to 6400 (integer)
<device_data>
<device_id>local_printer</device_id>
<data>
<type>endorsewaitinsertion</type>
<timeout>60000</timeout>
<waittime>500</waittime>
</data>
</device_data>

105
Chapter 4 XML Reference - HybridPrinter Messages
<type>endorseprint2</type>
Transfers print data and setting data and requests the printer for endorsement printing.
The request result is acquired by the <type>onreceive</type> element.
Request
is40cplmode
Sample program
Supplementary explanation
❏ If the “timeout” child element is omitted, “10000” is specified.
❏ Refer to PrinterControl XML for details of print data specified in the printdata child element.
Child element Data type Description
is40cplmode boolean Enables or disables the 40cpl mode.
printdata string Specifies data to print.
timeout int
Specifies the timeout period for slip sheet insertion wait status in milli-
seconds.
Value: 5000 to 1000000 (integer)
Attribute value Description
"true" / "1” Enabled
“false” / “0” Disabled
<device_data>
<device_id>local_printer</device_id>
<data>
<type>endorseprint2</type>
<is40cplmode>true</is40cplmode>
<printdata>
<!-- Printer Control XML -->
<epos-print xmlns=
.
.
</epos-print>
</printdata>
<timeout>10000</timeout>
</data>
</device_data>

106
Chapter 4 XML Reference - HybridPrinter Messages
<type>endorsecancel</type>
Requests for canceling slip sheet insertion wait status after executing the <type>endorsewaitinsertion</type>.
The request result is acquired by the <type>onreceive</type> element.
Request
Sample program
<device_data>
<device_id>local_printer</device_id>
<data>
<type>endorsecancel</type>
</data>
</device_data>

107
Chapter 4 XML Reference - HybridPrinter Messages
<type>validationwaitinsertion</type>
Requests for the validation sheet insertion wait status for validation printing.
After executing this element, insert the validation sheet into the printer.
The request result is acquired by the <type>onreceive</type> element.
Request
Sample program
Supplementary explanation
❏ If the “timeout” child element is omitted, “60000” is specified.
❏ If the “waittime” child element is omitted, “500” is specified.
❏ waittime values are rounded down to the nearest 100 milliseconds.
Example: 1 -> 0, 101 -> 100, 150 -> 100
❏ When the paper is inserted, it is cued according to the print method.
Child element Data type Description
timeout int
Specifies the timeout period for slip sheet insertion wait status in milli-
seconds.
Value: 5000 to 900000 (integer)
waittime int
Specifies the operation start wait time after insertion of the validation
sheet.
Value: 0 to 6400 (integer)
<device_data>
<device_id>local_printer</device_id>
<data>
<type>validationwaitinsertion</type>
<timeout>60000</timeout>
<waittime>500</waittime>
</data>
</device_data>

108
Chapter 4 XML Reference - HybridPrinter Messages
<type>validationprint2</type>
Transfers print data and setting data and requests the printer for validation printing.
The request result is acquired by the <type>onreceive</type> element.
Request
is40cplmode
Sample program
Supplementary explanation
❏ If the “timeout” child element is omitted, “10000” is specified.
❏ Refer to PrinterControl XML for details of print data specified in the printdata child element.
Child element Data type Description
printdata string Specifies data to print.
timeout int
Specifies the timeout period for slip sheet insertion wait status in milli-
seconds.
Value: 5000 to 1000000 (integer)
Attribute value Description
"true" / "1” Enabled
“false” / “0” Disabled
<device_data>
<device_id>local_printer</device_id>
<data>
<type>validationprint2</type>
<printdata>
<!-- Printer Control XML -->
<epos-print xmlns=
.
.
</epos-print>
</printdata>
<timeout>10000</timeout>
</data>
</device_data>

109
Chapter 4 XML Reference - HybridPrinter Messages
<type>validationcancel</type>
Requests for canceling validation sheet insertion wait status after executing the <type>validationwaitinsertion</
type>.
The request result is acquired by the <type>onreceive</type> element.
Request
Sample program
<device_data>
<device_id>local_printer</device_id>
<data>
<type>validationcancel</type>
</data>
</device_data>

110
Chapter 4 XML Reference - HybridPrinter Messages
<type>micrread</type>
Requests for reading from the MICR. Inserting a slip sheet after executing <type>micrread</type> starts reading
from the MICR. The request result is acquired by the <type>onreceive</type> element.
Request
ignoreerror
font
Sample program
Supplementary explanation
❏ If the “timeout” child element is omitted, “60000” is specified.
❏ If the “waittime” child element is omitted, “500” is specified.
Child element Data type Description
ignoreerror boolean Specifies how to process illegible text.
font string Specifies the MICR read font.
timeout int
Specifies the timeout period for slip sheet insertion wait status in milli-
seconds.
Value: 5000 to 900000 (integer)
waittime int
Specifies the operation start wait time after insertion of the slip sheet.
Value: 0 to 6400
Attribute value Description
"true" / "1” Continues processing by replacing an illegible character with "?".
“false” / “0” Stops processing when an illegible character is encountered.
Attribute value Description
“MICR_E13B” Specifies the read font to E13B.
“MICR_CMC7” Specifies the read font to CMC7.
<device_data>
<device_id>local_printer</device_id>
<data>
<type>micrread</type>
<ignoreerror>true</ignoreerror>
<font>MICR_E13B</font>
<timeout>60000</timeout>
<waitetime>500</waittime>
</data>
</device_data>

111
Chapter 4 XML Reference - HybridPrinter Messages
<type>micrcleaning</type>
Requests for cleaning the MICR mechanism. Inserting a cleaning sheet after executing <type>micrcleaning</
type> starts cleaning the MICR mechanism. The request result is acquired by the <type>onreceive</type>
element.
Request
Sample program
Supplementary explanation
❏ If the “timeout” child element is omitted, “60000” is specified.
❏ If the “waittime” child element is omitted, “500” is specified.
Child element Data type Description
timeout int
Specifies the timeout period for cleaning sheet insertion wait status in
milliseconds.
Value: 5000 to 900000 (integer)
waittime int
Specifies the operation start wait time after insertion of the cleaning
sheet.
Value: 0 to 6400
<device_data>
<device_id>local_printer</device_id>
<data>
<type>micrcleaning</type>
<timeout>123456</timeout>
<waittime>500</waittime>
</data>
</device_data>

112
Chapter 4 XML Reference - HybridPrinter Messages
<type>micrcancel</type>
Requests for canceling slip sheet or cleaning sheet insertion wait status after executing <type>micrread</type>
or <type>micrcleaning</type>. The request result is acquired by the <type>onreceive</type> element.
Request
Sample program
<device_data>
<device_id>local_printer</device_id>
<data>
<type>micrcancel</type>
</data>
</device_data>

114
Chapter 4 XML Reference - HybridPrinter Messages
<type>onreceive</type>
Acquires the result of the request given by the following elements and notifies the application of the result.
❏ <type>lock</type> element
❏ <type>unlock</type> element
❏ <type>slipwaitinsertion</type> element
❏ <type>slipprint2</type> element
❏ <type>slipcancel</type> element
❏ <type>endorsewaitinsertion</type> element
❏ <type>endorseprint2</type> element
❏ <type>endorsecancel</type> element
❏ <type>validationwaitinsertion</type> element
❏ <type>validationprint2</type> element
❏ <type>validationcancel</type> element
❏ <type>micrread</type> element
❏ <type>micrcleaning</type> element
❏ <type>micrcancel</type> element
❏ <type>eject</type> element
Response
success
code
Child element Data type Description
eventtype string Name of the element to return the event
success string Processing result of the element to return the event
code string Execution result of the element to return the event
status string Status of the printer
data string MICR read result
Attribute value Description
"true" / "1” Enabled
“false” / “0” Disabled
Attribute value Description
'SUCCESS' Success
'CANCEL' Cancels the paper insertion wait status.
'ERROR_CANCEL_FAILED' Failed to cancel the paper insertion wait status.

115
Chapter 4 XML Reference - HybridPrinter Messages
status
Acquires the logical OR of the values listed below in decimal value depending on the printer status.
'ERROR_PARAMETER' A parameter error occurred.
'ERROR_COMMAND'
The paper type in the paper insertion wait unlock command does not
match with the type of paper that the printer is waiting to be inserted.
'ERROR_DEVICE_NOT_FOUND' The device was not found.
'ERROR_DEVICE_BUSY'
• Failed to open the port.
• Timeout error for locking the port.
• The specified device is in process and the process cannot be
executed.
'ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED' The printer does not support the requested function.
'ERROR_COVER_OPEN' Cover open error occurred.
'ERROR_TIMEOUT' Paper insertion wait timeout.
'ERROR_AUTOMATICAL' Automatic recovery error occurred.
'ERROR_UNRECOVERABLE' Unrecoverable error occurred.
'ERROR_WAIT_EJECT' Paper eject error occurred.
'SYSTEM_ERROR' A system error occurred.
'EPTR_MECHANICAL' Mechanical error occurred.
'EPTR_SCHEMAERROR' Error occurred in the requested document syntax.
'EPTR_PAPER_PULLED_OUT'
• Paper was removed during insertion.
• Paper was removed after it had been inserted.
'EPTR_CUTTER' Auto cutter error occurred.
'EPTR_REC_EMPTY' Roll paper has run out.
'EMICR_ILLEGAL_LENGTH' Inserted paper is not of an appropriate length.
'EMICR_NO_MICR' Cannot detect MICR data.
'EMICR_RECOGNITION' Illegible MICR text was detected.
'EMICR_READ' Error occurred during MICR read operation.
'EMICR_NOISE_DETECTED' Noise error was detected.
'EMICR_COVER_OPEN' Cover was opened during MICR read operation.
'EMICR_PAPER_JAM' Paper jam error occurred.
'EMICR_PAPER_PULLED_OUT' Paper was removed during MICR read operation.
Attribute value Description
“0x00000001” TM printer does not respond.
Attribute value Description

116
Chapter 4 XML Reference - HybridPrinter Messages
Supplementary explanation
❏ A null string (" ") is set to the child element data if an element other than the <type>micrread</type> is
executed.
❏ No <type>onxmlresult</type> is notified if a communication error occurs.
To notify the disconnection event, implement the <reconnect>.
❏ If a communication error occurs and it is deemed that no recovery will take place, notify <disconnect>.
Since no <type>onxmlresult</type> is notified in this case, detect print failures in <disconnect>.
“0x00000002” Printing completed.
“0x00000004” Drawer kick connector pin No.3 status = "H"
“0x00000008” Offline status
“0x00000020” Cover is open.
“0x00000040” Paper is being fed by the paper feed switch.
“0x00000200” Paper feed switch is held depressed.
“0x00000400” Mechanical error occurred.
“0x00000800” Auto cutter error occurred.
“0x00002000” Unrecoverable error occurred.
“0x00004000” Automatically recoverable error occurred.
“0x00010000” Waiting for insertion of a slip sheet for slip printing
“0x00020000” Roll paper has almost run out.
“0x00040000” Waiting for ejection of a slip sheet for slip printing
“0x00080000” Roll paper has run out.
“0x00200000” Slip sheet is not inserted deep enough.
“0x00400000”
Slip sheet is not correctly aligned with the right edge of the paper
guide.
“0x01000000” Slip printing is not selected.
“0x02000000” Cannot print on the slip sheet.
“0x04000000” Validation printing is not selected.
“0x08000000” Cannot print on the validation sheet.
“0x20000000” Validation sheet is not inserted deep enough.
“0x40000000”
Validation sheet is not correctly aligned with the right edge of the
paper guide.
“0x80000000” Spooler is stopped (not used).
Attribute value Description

117
Chapter 4 XML Reference - PrinterControl XML
PrinterControl XML
<epos-print>
This XML is sent from the application to the printer.
It requests the printer to execute a specified function. <epos-print> has necessary elements to control the
printer.
Attribute
xmlns
Declares the name space of epos-print. The name space is as follows:
http://www.epson-pos.com/schemas/2011/03/epos-print
force
Enables the forced transmission mode.
In the forced transmission mode, print commands are forcibly sent to the printer.
Sample program
• Adds a text tag as the child element.
Supplementary explanation
❏ Use the forced transmission mode while the printer is offline.
Enabling it while the printer is online will result in an error.
❏ The following functions are available in the forced transmission mode:
• Kicks the drawer (<pulse>)
• Stops the buzzer (<sound>)
• Recovers from a recoverable error (<recovery>)
• Resets the printer (<reset>)
• Transmits a real-time command (<command>)
❏ For TM-H6000V, you need to enable the Command execution during offline settings.
Refer to TM-H6000V Utility User's Manual for details.
Attribute value Description
"true" / "1” Enables the forced transmission mode.
“false” / “0” Enables the normal transmission mode.
<epos-print xmlns=”http://www.epson-pos.com/schemas/2011/03/epos-print”>
<text>Hello world!!</text>
</epos-print>

118
Chapter 4 XML Reference - PrinterControl XML
<response>
This is an XML returned from the printer to the application.
Attribute
success
code
Attribute Description
success Print result
code Error code
status Status
battery Battery status
Attribute value Description
"true" / "1”
• Print succeeded.
• Process succeeded (when the spooler function is enabled).
“false” / “0”
• Print failed.
• Process failed (when the spooler function is enabled).
Attribute value Description
'EPTR_AUTOMATICAL' Automatic recovery error occurred.
‘EPTR_BATTERY_LOW' Battery has run out.
'EPTR_COVER_OPEN' Cover open error occurred.
'EPTR_CUTTER' Auto cutter error occurred.
'EPTR_MECHANICAL' Mechanical error occurred.
'EPTR_REC_EMPTY' No paper is left in the roll paper end detector.
'EPTR_UNRECOVERABLE' Unrecoverable error occurred.
'SchemaError' Error exists in the requested document syntax.
‘DeviceNotFound' Printer specified by the device ID does not exist.
'PrintSystemError' Error occurred with the printing system.
'EX_BADPORT' Error detected with the communication port.
'EX_TIMEOUT' Print timeout occurred.
‘EX_SPOOLER' Print queue is full.
‘JobNotFound' Specified job ID does not exist.
‘Printing' Printing

119
Chapter 4 XML Reference - PrinterControl XML
status
Acquires the logical OR of the values listed below in decimal value depending on the printer status.
“JobSpooling” Spooling
“TooManyRequests”
The number of print jobs sent to the printer has exceeded the allow-
able limit.
“RequestEntityTooLarge”
The data size of the print job is larger than the allowable limit of the
printer.
“ERROR_WAIT_EJECT” Waiting for paper removal.
Attribute value Description
“0x00000001” TM printer does not respond.
“0x00000002” Printing completed.
“0x00000004”
• Drawer kick connector pin No.3 status = "H"
• Offline status due to the battery level
“0x00000008” Offline status
“0x00000020” Cover is open.
“0x00000040” Paper is being fed by the paper feed switch.
“0x00000200” Paper feed switch is held depressed.
“0x00000400” Mechanical error occurred.
“0x00000800” Auto cutter error occurred.
“0x00002000” Unrecoverable error occurred.
“0x00004000” Automatically recoverable error occurred.
“0x00010000” Waiting for insertion of a slip sheet for slip printing
“0x00020000” Roll paper has almost run out.
“0x00040000” Waiting for ejection of a slip sheet for slip printing
“0x00080000” Roll paper has run out.
“0x00200000” Paper is not inserted deep enough.
“0x00400000” Paper is not correctly aligned with the right edge of the paper guide.
“0x01000000”
• Buzzer is sounding
• Slip printing is not selected.
• Waiting for labels to be peeled off. (supported model only)
• Waiting for paper removal. (supported model only)
“0x02000000” Cannot print on the paper.
Attribute value Description

120
Chapter 4 XML Reference - PrinterControl XML
battery
Acquires the logical OR of the values listed below in decimal value depending on the battery status.
❏ AC adapter connection status
❏ Remaining battery capacity
Sample program
• When printing succeeded
• When printing failed because the printer has run out of paper
Supplementary explanation
For a model without battery, 0xXX30 is set to the battery constant.
“0x04000000”
• There is no labels that are waiting to be peeled off. (supported
model only)
• There is no paper that is waiting to be removed. (supported model
only)
“0x80000000” Spooler stopped
Attribute value Description
0x30XX AC adapter is connected.
0x31XX AC adapter is not connected.
Attribute value Description
0xXX36 Remaining battery capacity 6
0xXX35 Remaining battery capacity 5
0xXX34 Remaining battery capacity 4
0xXX33 Remaining battery capacity 3
0xXX32 Remaining battery capacity 2
0xXX31 Remaining battery capacity 1 (almost run out)
0xXX30 Remaining battery capacity 0 (run out)
<response success=”true” code=”” status=””/>
<response xmlns="http://www.epson-pos.com/schemas/2011/03/epos-print"
success="false" code="EPTR_REC_EMPTY" status="252641308" />
Attribute value Description

121
Chapter 4 XML Reference - PrinterControl XML
<text>
Specifies text to print, text decoration, print position, line feed quantity, and other print properties.
List of properties available for each print method
Attribute
lang
Attribute Description
Print method
Receipt Slip
Endorse
ment
Endorse
ment
(40cpl)
Valida-
tion
lang Language settings ✔✔ --✔
font Font settings ✔✔✔ - ✔
smooth Smoothing settings ✔ ----
dw Double-width printing settings ✔✔✔ - ✔
dh Double-height printing settings ✔✔✔ - ✔
width Horizontal scaling factor ✔✔✔ - ✔
height Vertical scaling factor ✔✔✔ - ✔
reverse
Black-and-white characters revers-
ing settings
✔ ----
ul Underscore style settings ✔✔✔ - ✔
em Emphasis style settings ✔✔✔ - ✔
color Color settings ✔ ----
x
Horizontal print start position set-
tings
✔✔✔✔✔
y Vertical print start position settings ✔✔ ---
align Alignment settings ✔✔✔ - ✔
rotate Text rotation settings ✔✔✔✔✔
linespc Page feed amount settings ✔✔✔ - ✔
Attribute value Description
“en” English (ANK specification)
“de” German (ANK specification)
“fr” French (ANK specification)
“it” Italian (ANK specification)

122
Chapter 4 XML Reference - PrinterControl XML
Depending on the specified language, some characters are printed as follows:
font
“es” Spanish (ANK specification)
“ja”
Japanese (International character set is also changed to Japanese.)
“ja-jp”
“ja-ex”
Japanese JISX0213 (International character set is also changed to Jap-
anese.)
“ko”
Korean (International character set is also changed to Korean.)
“ko-kr”
“zh-hans”
Simplified Chinese (International character set is also changed to Chi-
nese.)
“zh-cn”
“zh-hant”
Traditional Chinese
“zh-tw”
“th” Thai (South Asian model only)
“mul” Multiple languages (UTF-8)
Language code other than above English (ANK specification)
Language
Characters $
(U+0024)
Characters \
(U+005C)
Japanese $ ¥
Korean $
₩
Simplified Chinese \
Traditional Chinese $ \
Attribute value Description
“font_a” Font A
“font_b” Font B
“font_c” Font C
“font_d” Font D
“font_e” Font E
“special_a” Special font A
“special_b” Special font B
Attribute value Description

123
Chapter 4 XML Reference - PrinterControl XML
smooth
dw
dh
width
height
reverse
ul
em
Attribute value Description
"true" / "1” Enables smoothing.
“false” / “0” Disables smoothing.
Attribute value Description
"true" / "1” Enables double-width printing.
“false” / “0” Disables double-width printing.
Attribute value Description
"true" / "1” Enables double-height printing.
“false” / “0” Disables double-height printing.
Attribute value Description
“1” to “8” Specifies the horizontal scaling factor.
Attribute value Description
“1” to “8” Specifies the vertical scaling factor.
Attribute value Description
"true" / "1” Enables the black-and-white reverse style.
“false” / “0” Disables the black-and-white reverse style.
Attribute value Description
"true" / "1” Enables the underscore style.
“false” / “0” Disables the underscore style.
Attribute value Description
"true" / "1” Enables text emphasis settings.

124
Chapter 4 XML Reference - PrinterControl XML
color
x
y
align
rotate
linespc
Sample program
Prints text with the following setting:
“false” / “0” Disables text emphasis settings.
Attribute value Description
“none” No printing
“color_1” First color
“color_2” Second color
“color_3” Third color
“color_4” Fourth color
Attribute value Description
“0” to “65535” Specifies the horizontal print start position in dots.
Attribute value Description
“0” to “65535” Specify the horizontal print start position in dots.
Attribute value Description
“left” Sets the print start position left-aligned.
“center” Sets the print start position center-aligned.
“right” Sets the print start position right-aligned.
Attribute value Description
"true" / "1” Enables text rotation.
“false” / “0” Disables text rotation.
Attribute value Description
“0” to “255” Specifies paper feed amount per line in dots.
Attribute value Description

125
Chapter 4 XML Reference - PrinterControl XML
Supplementary explanation
❏ To print data other than text after printing text, feed a line or page.
❏ In the page mode, text is printed from the current print position with the base line dot of the characters
as the standard. For information on the base line dot, refer to Printer-specific Support Information.
❏ Fonts not installed on the printer cannot be printed.
❏ For the character codes and international character set available for printing, refer to the Technical Refer-
ence Guide of the printer.
❏ For information on available fonts, refer to the Technical Reference Guide of the printer.
❏ If both of the dw attribute and width attribute are specified in a single element, the scaling factor speci-
fied with the width attribute is used.
❏ If both of the dh attribute and height attribute are specified in a single element, the scaling factor speci-
fied with the height attribute is used.
❏ Colors assigned to the first to fourth colors depend on the printer model.
❏ In the page mode, the “x” attribute works in the same way as <position> to specify the horizontal print
position.
❏ The “y” attribute does not work in the standard mode.
❏ The “align” and “rotate” attributes do not work in the page mode.
❏ Specify the align attribute at the "beginning of the line.”
❏ The align attribute setting in the <text> element also applies to the align attribute in the <image>,
<logo>, <barcode>, and <symbol> elements.
❏ The rotate attribute setting in the <text> element also applies to the rotate attribute in the <barcode>
and <symbol> elements.
❏ Use <direction> to enable text rotation in the page mode.
❏ For slip, endorsement, or validation printing, an integer from 1 to 2 can be set for the width and height.
❏ When specifying the lang attribute, specify it at the beginning of the print request.
Item Value
Language Japanese
Smoothing Enabled
Alignment Center alignment
Font Font B
Double-width Quadrupling
Underscore Enabled
<text lang="ja" />
<text smooth="true" />
<text align="center" />
<text font="font_a" />
<text dw="true" dh="true" />
<text ul="true" />
<text>Hello, World! </text>

126
Chapter 4 XML Reference - PrinterControl XML
<feed>
Specifies the paper feed amount in dots or lines, and specifies line feed amount and paper feed position per line.
When the paper feed amount is not specified, the paper is fed by one line.
List of properties available for each print method
Attribute
unit
line
linespc
pos
Attribute Description
Print method
Receipt Slip
Endorse
ment
Endorse
ment
(40cpl)
Valida-
tion
unit Paper feed amount in units of dots ✔✔✔✔✔
line Paper feed amount in units of lines ✔✔✔✔✔
linespc Paper feed amount per line ✔✔✔✔✔
pos
Paper feed amount for label sheet/
black mark sheet
✔ ----
Attribute value Description
“0” to “255” Specifies paper feed amount in dots.
Attribute value Description
“0” to “255” Specifies paper feed amount in lines.
Attribute value Description
“0” to “255” Specifies paper feed amount per line in dots.
Attribute value Description
“peeling” Feed the sheet to the peeling position.
“cutting” Feed the sheet to the cut position.
“current_tof” Feed the sheet to the top of the current label.
“next_tof” Feed the sheet to the top of the next label.

127
Chapter 4 XML Reference - PrinterControl XML
Sample program
• Feeds the sheet by three lines.
• Prints text and feeds a line.
• Prints text while peeling off labels one by one.
Supplementary explanation
❏ The line feed amount for the standard and page modes are stored separately. Specifying the linespc
attribute influences the linespc attribute of the succeeding <text> element.
❏ When the linespc attribute is set to 30 dots, up to 240 lines can be specified.
❏ The pos attribute does not work in the page mode.
❏ If the line spacing for a single line is set smaller than the print character size, paper may be fed for a larger
quantity than the set amount to ensure proper printing.
<feed line="3" />
<text>Hello</text><feed />
<text>World</text><feed />
<feed pos="current_tof" />
<barcode type="code39" hri="below">0001</barcode>
<feed pos="peeling" />

128
Chapter 4 XML Reference - PrinterControl XML
<image>
Specifies image data in the raster format. (Data type xs:base64Binary)
Attribute
width
height
color
align
mode
Sample program
• Prints a raster image filling 8 dots x 8 dots area.
Attribute value Description
“0” to “65535” Specifies the image width in dots.
Attribute value Description
“0” to “65535” Specifies the image height in dots.
Attribute value Description
“none” No printing
“color_1” First color
“color_2” Second color
“color_3” Third color
“color_4” Fourth color
Attribute value Description
“left” Left alignment
“center” Center alignment
“right” Right alignment
Attribute value Description
“mono” Monochrome (2 scales)
“gray16” Multi-gradation (16 scales)
<image width="8" height="8">//////////8=</image>

129
Chapter 4 XML Reference - PrinterControl XML
Supplementary explanation
❏ Multi-gradation printing can be used in the standard mode but not in the page mode.
❏ The read quality of a barcode or 2D symbol printed as a multi-gradation raster image is not guaranteed.
Use two-scale printing.
❏ To print a raster image at a high speed, set the align attribute to left and the width attribute value to a
multiple of 8 which does not exceed the sheet width of the printer.
❏ In the page mode, because image data is printed at the current print position with the lower-left dot of
the image data as the reference point, the print position does not move.
❏ In the page mode, adjust the print position so that the image data fits within the print area.
❏ If a raster image is printed in multi-gradation, it will be printed intermittently due to an increased data
quantity and white lines may appear in the printed image.
❏ The width and height attributes are mandatory.
❏ If the color and mode attributes are omitted, the following values are set:
• color: color_1
• mode: mono
❏ Colors assigned to the first to fourth colors depend on the printer model.
❏ The align attribute does not work in the page mode.
❏ Specify the align attribute at the "beginning of the line.”
❏ The align attribute setting in the <image> element also applies to the align attribute in the <text>,
<logo>, <barcode>, and <symbol> elements.
❏ Use the ePOS-Print XML generation tool or your own application to create raster image data.
Pay attention to the following when using your own application to create raster image data:
• For two-scale printing: Set the image width to a multiple of 8 or set missing bits to 0.
• For 16-scale printing: Set the image width to a multiple of 2 or set missing bits to 0.
❏ The composition of the image data in raster format is as follows.
When the image is in two colors (black and white)
White: 0, Black: 1
Example:
Step Description
1
Convert the image to Base64 (byte array)
With the upper left as the origin, and with one bit per pixel, pad the data with "0" so that each line data is in
bytes.
0xA3 0x77 0x18
2
Encode the image to Base64
o3cy

130
Chapter 4 XML Reference - PrinterControl XML
When the image is in multiple tones (16 shades)
White: 15 or larger, Black: 0
Example:
3
Description
<image width="8" height="3" color="color_1" mode="mono">o3cY</image>
Step Description
1
Convert the image to Base64 (byte array)
With the upper left as the origin, and with four bits per pixel, pad the data with "0" so that each line data is
in bytes.
0xFC 0x84 0x0F 0xC8 0x40 0xFC 0x84 0x0F 0xC8 0x40 0xFC 0x84
2
Encode the image to Base64
/IQPyED8hA/IQPyE
3
Description
<image width="8" height="3" color="color_1" mode="gray16">/IQPyED8hA/
IQPyE</image>
Step Description

131
Chapter 4 XML Reference - PrinterControl XML
<logo>
Specifies the NV logo registered in the NV memory of the printer.
The NV logo needs to be registered to the printer in advance. For how to register the NV logo, refer to the
Technical Reference Guide of the printer.
Attribute
key1
key2
align
Sample program
• Prints the NV logo with the key codes 1 and 2 registered as "48.”
Supplementary explanation
❏ Multi-gradation printing can be used in the standard mode but not in the page mode.
❏ In the page mode, the NV logo is printed at the current print position with the lower-left dot of the NV
logo as the reference point.
❏ The key1 and key2 attributes are mandatory.
❏ The align attribute setting in the <logo> element also applies to the align attribute in the <text>,
<image>, <barcode>, and <symbol> elements.
Attribute value Description
“0” to “255” Specifies the key code 1 of the NV logo.
Attribute value Description
“0” to “255” Specifies the key code 2 of the NV logo.
Attribute value Description
“left” Left alignment
“center” Center alignment
“right” Right alignment
<logo key1="48" key2="48" />

132
Chapter 4 XML Reference - PrinterControl XML
<barcode>
Specifies barcode data as a text string.
Barcode type
Type Description
UPC-A
If an 11-digit figure is specified, the check digit is automatically appended.
If a 12-digit figure is specified, the 12th digit is used as the check digit but verification is
not performed.
UPC-E
Specify 0 in the first digit.
Specify the manufacturer code in the 2nd to 6th digits.
Specify the item code in right justification in the 7th to 11th digits. The number of digits
of the item code depends on the manufacturer code. Specify 0 in each unused data.
If an 11-digit figure is specified, the check digit is automatically appended.
If a 12-digit figure is specified, the 12th digit is used as the check digit but verification is
not performed.
EAN13 If an 12-digit figure is specified, the check digit is automatically appended.
If a 13-digit figure is specified, the 13th digit is used as the check digit but verification is
not performed.
JAN13
EAN8 If an 7-digit figure is specified, the check digit is automatically appended.
If an 8-digit figure is specified, the 8th digit is used as the check digit but verification is
not performed.
JAN8
CODE39
If the first character is * , this character is processed as the start character. Otherwise, the
start character is automatically added.
ITF
The start and stop codes are automatically added.
Addition and verification of the check digit are not performed.
CODABAR
Specify the start character (A to D, a to d).
Specify the stop character (A to D, a to d).
Addition and verification of the check digit are not performed.
CODE93
The start and stop characters are automatically added.
The check digit is automatically calculated and added.

133
Chapter 4 XML Reference - PrinterControl XML
CODE128
Specify the start character (CODE A, CODE B, CODE C).
The stop character is automatically added.
The check digit is automatically calculated and added.
To encode the following characters, specify the corresponding 2-digit code starting with {
:
• FNC1: {1
• FNC2: {2
• FNC3: {3
• FNC4: {4
• CODE A: {A
• CODE B: {B
• CODE C: {C
• SHIFT: {S
• {: {{
When specifying CODE C, specify the barcode data as the control code of the escape
sequence.
CODE128 auto
The start character, check digit, and stop character are automatically added.
The character string added to make the overall width of the CODE128 symbol as mini-
mum is automatically converted. In this function, there is no need to specify the code set,
and the barcode is printed simply by entering the data to be converted to symbols.
Example) When entering numbers: "123", etc.
When entering alphabets: "ABCabc", etc.
Data from 0 to 255 (control codes and character codes) can be specified.
Since the overall width changes automatically, use this function after confirming that the
barcode fits into the print area and is printed without any problem.
When using FNC1, etc., use CODE128 rather than CODE128 auto.
GS1-128
The start character, FNC1, check digit, and stop characters are automatically added.
To automatically calculate and add the application ID (AI) and the following check digit,
specify "*" at the check digit position.
The application ID (AI) can be put in parentheses. The parentheses are used as print char-
acters for HRI and not encoded as data.
A blank space can be inserted between the application ID (AI) and data. The blank space
is used as print characters for HRI and not encoded as data.
To encode the following characters, specify the corresponding 2-digit code starting with {
:
• FNC1: {1
• FNC3: {3
• (: {(
• ): {)
• *: {*
• {: {{
Type Description

134
Chapter 4 XML Reference - PrinterControl XML
Attribute
type
GS1 DataBar
Omnidirectional,
Specify a 13-digit product ID (GTIN) excluding the application ID (AI) and check digit.
GS1 DataBar Truncated
GS1 DataBar Limited
GS1 DataBar Expanded
The application ID (AI) can be put in parentheses. The parentheses are used as print char-
acters for HRI and not encoded as data.
To encode the following characters, specify the corresponding 2-digit code starting with {
:
• FNC1: {1
• (: {(
• ): {)
Attribute value Description
“upc_a” UPC-A
“upc_e” UPC-E
“ean13” EAN13
“jan13” JAN13
“ean8” EAN8
“jan8” JAN8
“code39” CODE39
“itf” ITF
“codabar” CODABAR
“code93” CODE93
“code128” CODE128
“code128_auto” CODE128 auto
“gs1_128” GS1-128
“gs1_databar_omnidirectional” GS1 DataBar Omnidirectional
“gs1_databar_truncated” GS1 DataBar Truncated
“gs1_databar_limited” GS1 DataBar Limited
“gs1_databar_expanded” GS1 Databar Expanded
Type Description

135
Chapter 4 XML Reference - PrinterControl XML
hri
font
width
height
align
rotate
Attribute value Description
“none” No printing.
“above” Above the barcode
“below” Below the barcode
“both” Both above and below the barcode
Attribute value Description
“font_a” Font A
“font_b” Font B
“font_c” Font C
“font_d” Font D
“font_e” Font E
Attribute value Description
“2” to “6” Specifies the width of a single module in dots.
Attribute value Description
“1” to “255” Specify the width of a single module in dots.
Attribute value Description
“left” Left alignment
“center” Center alignment
“right” Right alignment
Attribute value Description
"true" / "1” Enables text rotation.
“false” / “0” Disables text rotation.

136
Chapter 4 XML Reference - PrinterControl XML
Sample program
• Specifies various types of barcodes.
Supplementary explanation
❏ When Standard mode is selected, this command is enabled only when the print position is at the head of
a line or when no data exists in the print buffer.
❏ If the setting does not conform to the barcode standard or the defined barcode is larger than the print
area of the printer, the barcode will not be printed and no error will be returned.
❏ In the page mode, the barcode is printed at the current position with the lower-left dot (except for HRI)
as the standard point.
❏ Use the following escape sequences to specify binary data which cannot be represented as a string:
• Control code: \xnn (set nn in hexadecimal)
• Back slash: \\
❏ The type attribute is mandatory.
❏ The “align” and “rotate” attributes do not work in the page mode.
❏ Specify the “align” and “rotate” attributes at the "beginning of the line.”
❏ The align attribute setting in the <barcode> element also applies to the align attribute in the <text>,
<image>, <logo>, and <symbol> elements.
❏ The rotate attribute setting in the <barcode> element also applies to the rotate attribute in the <text>
and <symbol> elements.
❏ Use <direction> to enable text rotation in the page mode.
<barcode type="upc_a" width="2" height="64" hri="below">01234567890</barcode>
<barcode type="upc_e">01234500005</barcode>
<barcode type="ean13">201234567890</barcode>
<barcode type="jan13">201234567890</barcode>
<barcode type="ean8">2012345</barcode>
<barcode type="jan8">2012345</barcode>
<barcode type="code39">ABCDE</barcode>
<barcode type="itf">012345</barcode>
<barcode type="codabar">A012345A</barcode>
<barcode type="code93">ABCDE</barcode>
<barcode type="code128">{Babcde</barcode>
<barcode type="gs1_128">(01)201234567890*</barcode>
<barcode type="gs1_databar_omnidirectional">0201234567890</barcode>
<barcode type="gs1_databar_truncated">0201234567890</barcode>
<barcode type="gs1_databar_limited">0201234567890</barcode>
<barcode type="gs1_databar_expanded">(01)2012345678903</barcode>

137
Chapter 4 XML Reference - PrinterControl XML
<symbol>
Specifies a 2D symbol as a text string.
2D symbol type
Type Description
PDF417
Converts the string into UTF-8, processes the escape sequence(s), and encodes the data.
The maximum number of code words in the data area is 928, the maximum number of
code words in a single stage is 30, and the maximum number of stages is 90.
QR Code Converts the string into JIS, processes the escape sequence(s), and encodes the data by
choosing the data type from the following:
• Numeric data: 0 to 9
• Alphanumeric data: 0 to 9, A to Z, space, $, %, *, +, -, ., /, :
• Kanji data: Shift JIS string
• 8-bit byte data: 0x00 to 0xff
Micro QR Code
MaxiCode
Converts the string into UTF-8, processes the escape sequence(s), and encodes the data.
In Mode 2 or 3, if the first data is [)>\x1e01\x1dyy ("yy" is a 2-digit figure), this is processed
as the message header and the second and succeeding data sequence is processed as
the primary message. Otherwise, the first data is processed as the primary message.
Specify the primary message in the following format:
• Mode 2
Zip code: (1- to 9-digit figure)
GS: (\x1d)
ISO country code: (1- to 3-digit figure)
GS: (\x1d)
Service class code (1- to 3-digit figure)
• Mode 3
Zip code: (Data which can be converted with 1 to 6 code sets A)
GS: (\x1d)
ISO country code: (1- to 3-digit figure)
GS: (\x1d)
Service class code (1- to 3-digit figure)
GS1 DataBar Stacked
Converts the string into UTF-8, processes the escape sequence(s), and encodes the data.
Specify a 13-digit product ID (GTIN) excluding the application ID (AI) and check digit.
GS1 DataBar Stacked
Omnidirectional
GS1 DataBar Expanded
Stacked
Converts the string into UTF-8, processes the escape sequence(s), and encodes the data.
The application ID (AI) can be put in parentheses. The parentheses are used as print char-
acters for HRI and not encoded as data.
To encode the following characters, specify the corresponding 2-digit code starting with {
:
• FNC1: {1
• (: {(
• ): {)

138
Chapter 4 XML Reference - PrinterControl XML
Attribute
type
level
❏ PDF417
Aztec Code Converts the string into UTF-8, processes the escape sequence(s), and encodes the data.
DataMatrix Converts the string into UTF-8, processes the escape sequence(s), and encodes the data.
Attribute value Type
“pdf417_standard” Standard PDF417
“pdf417_truncated” Truncated PDF417
“qrcode_model_1” QR Code Model 1
“qrcode_model_2” QR Code Model 2
“qrcode_micro” Micro QR Code
“maxicode_mode_2” MaxiCode Mode 2
“maxicode_mode_3” MaxiCode Mode 3
“maxicode_mode_4” MaxiCode Mode 4
“maxicode_mode_5” MaxiCode Mode 5
“maxicode_mode_6” MaxiCode Mode 6
“gs1_databar_stacked” GS1 DataBar Stacked
“gs1_databar_stacked_omnidirectional” GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional
“gs1_databar_expanded_stacked” GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked
“azteccode_fullrange” Aztec Code Full-Range mode
“azteccode_compact” Aztec Code Compact mode
“datamatrix_square” DataMatrix ECC200 Square
“datamatrix_rectangle_8” DataMatrix ECC200 Rectangle, 8 lines
“datamatrix_rectangle_12” DataMatrix ECC200 Rectangle, 12 lines
“datamatrix_rectangle_16” DataMatrix ECC200 Rectangle, 16 lines
Attribute value Description
“level_0” Error correction level 0
"level_1" (default value) Error correction level 1
“level_2” Error correction level 2
“level_3” Error correction level 3
Type Description

139
Chapter 4 XML Reference - PrinterControl XML
❏ QR Code
❏ Aztec Code
width
height
“level_4” Error correction level 4
“level_5” Error correction level 5
“level_6” Error correction level 6
“level_7” Error correction level 7
“level_8” Error correction level 8
“default” Default value (error correction level 1)
Attribute value Description
“level_l” Error correction level L
“level_m” Error correction level M
“level_q” Error correction level Q
“level_h” Error correction level H
“default” Default value (error correction level M)
Attribute value Description
Integer (5 to 95) Error correction level
“default” Default value (error correction level 23)
2D symbol type Valid value Default value
PDF417 “2” to “8” “3”
QR Code “3” to “16” “3”
MaxiCode Ignored
GS1 DataBar “2” to “8” “2”
Aztec Code “2” to “16” “3”
DataMatrix “2” to “16” “3”
2D symbol type Valid value Default value
PDF417 “2” to “8” “3”
Attribute value Description

140
Chapter 4 XML Reference - PrinterControl XML
size
align
rotate
Sample program
• Specifies various 2D symbols.
QR Code
Ignored
MaxiCode
2D GS1 DataBar
Aztec Code
DataMatrix
2D symbol type Default value Description
PDF417 "0" (automatic)
Specifies the number of code words per
stage.
QR Code
Ignored
MaxiCode
2D GS1 DataBar
Expanded Stacked "0" (automatic)
Specifies the maximum width of the bar-
code (106 or more).
Other Ignored
Aztec Code
Ignored
DataMatrix
Attribute value Description
“left” Left alignment
“center” Center alignment
“right” Right alignment
Attribute value Description
"true" / "1” Enables text rotation.
“false” / “0” Disables text rotation.
<symbol type="pdf417_standard">ABCDE</symbol>
<symbol type="qrcode_model_2" level="level_q">ABCDE</symbol>
<symbol type="maxicode_mode_2">908063840\x1d850\x1d001\x1d\x04</symbol>
<symbol type="gs1_databar_stacked">0201234567890</symbol>
<symbol type="gs1_databar_stacked_omnidirectional">0201234567890</symbol>
<symbol type="gs1_databar_expanded_stacked">(01)02012345678903</symbol>
2D symbol type Valid value Default value

141
Chapter 4 XML Reference - PrinterControl XML
Supplementary explanation
❏ If the setting does not conform to the 2D symbol standard or the defined 2D symbol is larger than the
print area of the printer, the 2D symbol will not be printed and no error will be returned.
❏ In the standard mode, a 2D symbol which vertically exceeds 831 dots in size cannot be printed.
❏ In the page mode, the 2D symbol is printed at the current position with the lower-left dot of the 2D sym-
bol as the standard point.
❏ Use the following escape sequences to specify binary data which cannot be represented as a string:
• Control code: \xnn (set nn in hexadecimal)
• Back slash: \\
❏ The type attribute is mandatory.
❏ Micro QR Code does not support the level_h of the level attribute.
❏ Specify the level attribute value in accordance with the 2D symbol type specified in the type attribute.
❏ When MaxiCode or 2D GS1 DataBar are specified in the type attribute, specify the default as the level
attribute.
❏ The “align” and “rotate” attributes do not work in the page mode.
❏ Specify the “align” and “rotate” attributes at the "beginning of the line.”
❏ The align attribute setting in the <symbol> element also applies to the align attribute in the <text>,
<image>, <logo>, and <barcode> elements.
❏ The rotate attribute setting in the <symbol> element also applies to the rotate attribute in the <text>
and <barcode> elements.
❏ Use <direction> to enable text rotation in the page mode.

142
Chapter 4 XML Reference - PrinterControl XML
<hline>
Specifies a horizontal line.
Attribute
x1
x2
style
Sample program
• Draws horizontal double lines from the 100th dot to 200th dot and from the 400th dot to 500th dot from
the left edge, respectively
Supplementary explanation
❏ This element does not work in the page mode.
❏ The x1 and x2 attributes are mandatory.
❏ If the style attribute is omitted, thin is specified by default.
Attribute value Description
“0” to “65535” Specifies the start position to draw a horizontal ruled line in dots.
Attribute value Description
“0” to “65535” Specifies the end position to draw a horizontal ruled line in dots.
Attribute value Description
“thin” Solid line: Fine
“medium” Solid line: Middle
“thick” Solid line: Thick
“thin_double” Double line: Fine
“medium_double” Double line: Middle
“thick_double” Double line: Thick
<hline x1="100" x2="200" style="thin_double" />
<hline x1="400" x2="500" style="thin_double" />

143
Chapter 4 XML Reference - PrinterControl XML
<vline-begin>
Starts drawing a vertical line.
Attribute
x
style
Sample program
• Draws two lines from the 100th dot and 200th dot from the left edge, respectively
Supplementary explanation
❏ This element does not work in the page mode.
❏ Use <line> to draw a vertical line in the page mode.
❏ This element continues drawing a vertical line until stopped by <vline-end>. Use the <vline-begin> ele-
ment with <vline-end>.
❏ The x attribute is mandatory.
❏ If the style attribute is omitted, thin is specified by default.
Attribute value Description
“0” to “65535” Specifies the start position to draw a vertical ruled line in dots.
Attribute value Description
“thin” Solid line: Fine
“medium” Solid line: Middle
“thick” Solid line: Thick
“thin_double” Double line: Fine
“medium_double” Double line: Middle
“thick_double” Double line: Thick
<vline-begin x="100" />
<vline-begin x="200" />
<feed unit="100" />
<vline-end x="100" />
<vline-end x="200" />

144
Chapter 4 XML Reference - PrinterControl XML
<vline-end>
Ends drawing a vertical line.
Attribute
x
style
Sample program
• Draws two lines to the 100th dot and 200th dot from the left edge, respectively.
Supplementary explanation
❏ This element does not work in the page mode.
❏ Use <line> to draw a vertical line in the page mode.
❏ Use this method together with <vline-begin>.
❏ The x attribute is mandatory.
❏ If the style attribute is omitted, thin is specified by default.
Attribute value Description
“0” to “65535” Specifies the end position to draw a vertical ruled line in dots.
Attribute value Description
“thin” Solid line: Fine
“medium” Solid line: Middle
“thick” Solid line: Thick
“thin_double” Double line: Fine
“medium_double” Double line: Middle
“thick_double” Double line: Thick
<vline-begin x="100" />
<vline-begin x="200" />
<feed unit="100" />
<vline-end x="100" />
<vline-end x="200" />

145
Chapter 4 XML Reference - PrinterControl XML
<page>
Switches from the standard mode to the page mode.
Elements of <page>
Sample program
• Prints "ABCDE" in the page mode.
Element Description
<text> Prints text.
<feed> Feeds paper.
<image> Prints a raster image.
<logo> Prints the NV logo.
<barcode> Prints a barcode.
<symbol> Prints a 2D symbol.
<area> Sets the print area.
<direction> Sets the print direction.
<position> Sets the print position.
<line> Draws a line.
<rectangle> Draws a rectangle.
<command> Inserts a command.
<page>
<text>ABCDE</text>
</page>

146
Chapter 4 XML Reference - PrinterControl XML
<area>
Sets the print area for the page mode by specifying the origin, width, and height, with the absolute origin as the
standard.
The absolute origin is the upper-left dot position of the print area.
Attribute
x
y
width
height
Sample program
• Sets the print area with the origin (100,50), width 200 dots, and height 30 dots, and then prints "ABCDE.”
Supplementary explanation
❏ Define the print area in accordance with the contents to print. Any portion of print data outside the print
area is not printed.
Attribute value Description
“0” to “65535” Specifies the horizontal origin in dots.
Attribute value Description
“0” to “65535” Specifies the vertical origin in dots.
Attribute value Description
“0” to “65535” Specifies the width in dots.
Attribute value Description
“0” to “65535” Specifies the height in dots.
<page>
<area x="100" y="50" width="200" height="30" />
<text>ABCDE</text>
</page>
Absolute origin point
Origin point(x, y)
Print area
Paper
Height
Width

147
Chapter 4 XML Reference - PrinterControl XML
❏ This element does not work in the standard mode.
❏ The x, y, width, and height attributes are mandatory.
❏ Specify the width and height of the print area in accordance with the print direction setting. If the width
and height of the print area do not match the print direction setting, any portion of print data outside
the print area will not be printed. The print direction is specified by <direction>.

148
Chapter 4 XML Reference - PrinterControl XML
<direction>
Specifies the print direction in the page mode.
It rotates the print area by specifying the print direction. The start point of the print area moves along with
rotation.
Attribute
dir
Sample program
• Rotates the print area clockwise by 90 degrees and prints "ABCDE.”
Supplementary explanation
❏ This element does not work in the standard mode.
❏ The dir attribute is mandatory.
Attribute value Description
“left_to_right”
Left to right (Not rotated. Prints rightward from the upper-left point as
the origin.)
“bottom_to_top”
Bottom to top (Rotated counterclockwise by 90 degrees. Prints
upward from the lower-left point as the origin.)
“right_to_left”
Right to left (Rotated by 180 degrees. Prints leftward from the lower-
right point as the origin.)
“top_to_bottom”
Top to bottom (Rotated clockwise by 90 degrees. Prints downward
from the upper-right point as the origin.)
<page>
<direction dir="top_to_bottom" />
<text>ABCDE</text>
</page>

149
Chapter 4 XML Reference - PrinterControl XML
<position>
Specifies the print start position (coordinates) within the print area specified by <area> with the origin of the
print area as the standard.
Attribute
x
y
Sample program
• Specifies the print start position within the print area specified by the area element to (50,30) and prints
"ABCDE.”
Supplementary explanation
❏ This element does not work in the standard mode.
❏ The x and y attributes are mandatory.
❏ Define the print start position (coordinates) in accordance with the contents to print.
Attribute value Description
“0” to “65535” Specify the horizontal print position in dots.
Attribute value Description
“0” to “65535” Specify the horizontal print position in dots.
<page>
<area x="100" y="50" width="200" height="100" />
<position x="50" y="30" />
<text>ABCDE</text>
</page>
Print data Description
String
Specify the leftmost position of the baseline for the first character.
This can be omitted when printing data with the standard size in left
justification.
When printing a double-height character, set y to 42 or larger.
Barcode
Specify the lower-left position of the symbol.
Specify the height of the barcode in y.
Graphics/logo
Specify the lower-left position of the graphic data.
Specify the height of the graphic data in y.
2D symbol
Specify the upper-left position of the symbol.
This can be omitted when printing from the upper-left position.

150
Chapter 4 XML Reference - PrinterControl XML
<line>
Draws a line in the page mode.
Attribute
x1
y1
x2
y2
style
Sample program
• Draws a thin solid line with the start point (100,0) and end point (500,0).
Supplementary explanation
❏ This element does not work in the standard mode.
Attribute value Description
“0” to “65535” Specifies the horizontal draw start position in dots.
Attribute value Description
“0” to “65535” Specifies the vertical draw start position in dots.
Attribute value Description
“0” to “65535” Specifies the horizontal draw end position in dots.
Attribute value Description
“0” to “65535” Specifies the vertical draw end position in dots.
Attribute value Description
“thin” Solid line: Fine
“medium” Solid line: Middle
“thick” Solid line: Thick
“thin_double” Double line: Fine
“medium_double” Double line: Middle
“thick_double” Double line: Thick
<page>
<line x1="100" y1="0" x2="500" y2="0" style="thin" />
</page>

151
Chapter 4 XML Reference - PrinterControl XML
❏ A diagonal line cannot be drawn. Specify the attributes so that the line is drawn as a vertical or horizontal
line.
❏ The x1, y1, x2 and y2 attributes are mandatory.

152
Chapter 4 XML Reference - PrinterControl XML
<rectangle>
Draws a rectangle in the page mode.
Attribute
x1
y1
x2
y2
style
Sample program
• Draws a rectangle with the start point (100,0) and end point (500,0) as apexes as a thin double line.
Supplementary explanation
❏ This element does not work in the standard mode.
❏ Use the <hline>, <vline-begin>, and <vline-end> elements in the standard mode.
Attribute value Description
“0” to “65535” Specifies the horizontal draw start position in dots.
Attribute value Description
“0” to “65535” Specifies the vertical draw start position in dots.
Attribute value Description
“0” to “65535” Specifies the horizontal draw end position in dots.
Attribute value Description
“0” to “65535” Specifies the vertical draw end position in dots.
Attribute value Description
“thin” Solid line: Fine
“medium” Solid line: Middle
“thick” Solid line: Thick
“thin_double” Double line: Fine
“medium_double” Double line: Middle
“thick_double” Double line: Thick
<page>
<rectangle x1="100" y1="0" x2="500" y2="200" style="thin_double" />
</page>

153
Chapter 4 XML Reference - PrinterControl XML
❏ The x1, y1, x2 and y2 attributes are mandatory.

154
Chapter 4 XML Reference - PrinterControl XML
<cut>
Specifies how to cut paper.
Attribute
type
Sample program
• Performs feed cut.
Supplementary explanation
❏ This element does not work in the page mode.
❏ Specify the cut attribute at the "beginning of the line.”
❏ If print data is not specified after the cut reservation (reserve), the printer will execute the cut after feed-
ing paper up to the position of the reserved cut.
❏ Depending on the printer, it may wait approximately 2 seconds for the print data after the cut reserva-
tion (reserve) before starting the paper feed operation.
❏ When using the cut reservation (reserve), set the length of one receipt to at least 20 mm.
Attribute value Description
“no_feed” Cut without feed (cut the sheet without feeding paper).
“feed” Feed cut (cut the sheet after feeding paper).
“reserve”
Cut reservation (print the following texts and cut the sheet at the cut-
ting position).
“feed_fullcut” Feed full cut (cut the sheet after feeding paper).
“no_feed_fullcut” Full cut without feed (cut the sheet without feeding paper).
“reserve_fullcut”
Full cut reservation (print the following texts and full cut the sheet at
the cutting position).
<cut type="feed" />

155
Chapter 4 XML Reference - PrinterControl XML
<pulse>
Defines signal output to the drawer kick connector.
Attribute
drawer
time
Sample program
• Outputs a 100-msec pulse signal to the drawer kick connector pin No.2.
Supplementary explanation
❏ This element does not work in the page mode.
❏ The drawer function cannot be used with the buzzer function.
❏ Do not open the drawer repeatedly during short intervals. Doing so places excessive load on the drawer,
which may result in damage.
Attribute value Description
“drawer_1” Drawer kick connector pin No.2
“drawer_2” Drawer kick connector pin No.5
Attribute value Description
“pulse_100” 100-msec signal
“pulse_200” 200-msec signal
“pulse_300” 300-msec signal
“pulse_400” 400-msec signal
“pulse_500” 500-msec signal
<pulse drawer="drawer_1" time="pulse_100" />

156
Chapter 4 XML Reference - PrinterControl XML
<sound>
Specifies how to sound the buzzer.
Attribute
pattern
repeat
cycle
Attribute value Description
“none” Stop
“pattern_a” Pattern A (optional external buzzer)
“pattern_b” Pattern B (optional external buzzer)
“pattern_c” Pattern C (optional external buzzer)
“pattern_d” Pattern D (optional external buzzer)
“pattern_e” Pattern E (optional external buzzer)
“error” Error sound pattern (optional external buzzer)
“paper_end” Paper empty sound pattern (optional external buzzer)
“pattern_1” Pattern 1 (built-in buzzer)
“pattern_2” Pattern 2 (built-in buzzer)
“pattern_3” Pattern 3 (built-in buzzer)
“pattern_4” Pattern 4 (built-in buzzer)
“pattern_5” Pattern 5 (built-in buzzer)
“pattern_6” Pattern 6 (built-in buzzer)
“pattern_7” Pattern 7 (built-in buzzer)
“pattern_8” Pattern 8 (built-in buzzer)
“pattern_9” Pattern 9 (built-in buzzer)
“pattern_10” Pattern 10 (built-in buzzer)
Attribute value Description
“0” Unlimited
“1” to “255” 1 to 255 times
Attribute value Description
“1000” to “25500” Specifies the buzzer sound cycle in milliseconds.

157
Chapter 4 XML Reference - PrinterControl XML
Sample program
• Sounds the pattern A three times.
Supplementary explanation
❏ This element does not work in the page mode.
❏ The buzzer function cannot be used with the drawer function.
❏ This element can be used with a model which has the buzzer function.
❏ To stop the buzzer after specifying "0" in the repeat attribute, issue the request again by specifying
"none" in the pattern attribute.
❏ The cycle attribute is only available when pattern_1 to pattern_10 is specified in the pattern attribute.
<sound pattern="pattern_a" repeat="3" />

158
Chapter 4 XML Reference - PrinterControl XML
<command>
Specifies an ESC/POS command in the hexadecimal encoding format.
Supplementary explanation
❏ Refer to the following URL for details of the ESC/POS command.
https://www.epson-biz.com/pos/reference/
❏ ePOS-Device Service does not check the commands sent by the <command> XML. If the commands
interfere with ePOS-Device Service operations, other xml controls may work wrongly or status values
may become invalid.
This XML should be used with a full understanding of ESC/POS commands and the receipt printer speci-
fications.

159
Chapter 4 XML Reference - PrinterControl XML
<layout>
Specifies the page layout.
Attribute
type
width
height
margin-top
Attribute value Description
“receipt” Receipt
“receipt_bm” Receipt (with black mark)
“label” Label sheet
“label_bm” Label sheet (with black mark)
Attribute value Description
“290” to “600” Specifies the paper width in 0.1-mm units.
Valid value Paper type Description
“0”
Receipt
Specification is not required.
Receipt (with black mark)
Label sheet
Label sheet (with black mark)
“254“ to “2540“ Receipt (with black mark)
Specifies the distance between the top edges of two
consecutive black marks in 0.1-mm units.
“284” to “-1550”
Receipt (with black mark)
Specifies the distance between the top edges of two
consecutive black marks in 0.1-mm units.
Label sheet
Specifies the distance between the top edges of two
consecutive labels in 0.1-mm units.
Label sheet (with black mark)
Specifies the distance between the bottom edges of
two consecutive black marks in 0.1-mm units.
Valid value Paper type Description
“0” Receipt Specification is not required.
“-150” to “1500” Receipt (with black mark)
Specifies the distance between the top edge of a
black mark to the top of the sheet in 0.1-mm units.

160
Chapter 4 XML Reference - PrinterControl XML
margin-bottom
offset-cut
offset-label
“0” to “1500” Label sheet
Specifies the distance between the top edge of a
label to the top of the sheet in 0.1-mm units.
“-15” to “1500” Label sheet (with black mark)
Specifies the distance between the bottom edge of
a black mark to the top of the sheet in 0.1-mm units.
Valid value Paper type Description
“0”
Receipt
Specification is not required.
Receipt (with black mark)
“-15” to “0” Label sheet
Specifies the distance between the bottom edge of
a label to the bottom of the print area in 0.1-mm
units.
(A positive value widens the margin and a negative
value narrows it.)
“-15” to “15” Label sheet (with black mark)
Specifies the distance between the top edge of a
black mark to the bottom of the print area in 0.1-mm
units.
(A positive value widens the margin and a negative
value narrows it.)
Valid value Paper type Description
“0” Receipt Specification is not required.
“-290” to “50” Receipt (with black mark)
Specifies the distance between the top edge of a
black mark to the cut position in 0.1-mm units.
“0” to “50”
Label sheet
Specifies the distance between the bottom edge of
a label to the cut position in 0.1-mm units.
Label sheet (with black mark)
Specifies the distance between the top edge of a
black mark to the cut position in 0.1-mm units.
Valid value Paper type Description
“0”
Receipt
Specification is not required.Receipt (with black mark)
Label sheet
“0” to “15” Label sheet (with black mark)
Specifies the distance between the top edge of a
black mark to the bottom edge of a label in 0.1-mm
units.
Valid value Paper type Description

161
Chapter 4 XML Reference - PrinterControl XML
Sample program
• 58 mm length receipt
• 58 mm receipt (with black mark)
• 58 mm label sheet
• 58 mm label sheet (with black mark)
<sound pattern="pattern_a" repeat="3" />
<layout type="receipt_bm" width="580" height="0" margin-top="15" offset-cut="0" />
<layout type="label" width="580" height="0" margin-top="15" margin-bottom="-15"
offset-cut="25" />
<layout type="label_bm" width="580" height="0" margin-top="15" margin-bottom="-15"
offset-cut="25" offset-label = "15" />

162
Chapter 4 XML Reference - PrinterControl XML
Detailed description
Refer to the following for the parameter positions available for each type of paper.
Supplementary explanation
This element does not work in the page mode.
Symbol Parameter
fwidth
aheight
bmargin_top
e margin_bottom
coffset_cut
doffset_label
Label
Receipt <with Black Mark>
Top position
Top position
Bottom edge
of label
Cut
Cut
Top position
Cut
Bottom edge
of print area
Bottom edge
of print area
Standard eject
ff
a
aa
b
bb
ee
d
c
c
cc
ff

163
Chapter 4 XML Reference - PrinterControl XML
<recovery>
Recovers the printer from an error condition.
When a recoverable error occurs with the printer, just removing the error cause does not recover the printer from
the error. By executing the <recovery> element, the printer recovers from the error and becomes ready for
printing.
Sample program
• Recovers from a recoverable error and clears the printer buffer.
Supplementary explanation
❏ This element does not work in the page mode.
❏ Enable the forced transmission mode (<epos-print>) when using this method.
❏ After recovering from a recoverable error, the buffer of the printer is reset.
<recovery />

164
Chapter 4 XML Reference - PrinterControl XML
<reset>
Resets the printer.
The printer returns to the initialized state and print data remaining in the printer buffer and any other data which
is not stored in the printer (e.g., print setting) will be all lost.
Sample program
• Resets the printer.
Supplementary explanation
This element does not work in the page mode.
<reset />

165
Chapter 4 XML Reference - PrinterControl XML
<batch-begin>
Starts the batch normal print mode.
Sample program
• Prints characters [ABCDE] in the batch normal print mode.
Supplementary explanation
❏ This element does not work in the page mode.
❏ Use the element for batch normal printing (Example: <text>) by enclosing between this element and
<batch-end>.
❏ Do not use the following elements between this element and <batch-end>.
• <page>
• <cut>
• <pulse>
• <sound>
• <type>eject</type>
❏ The data volume that the printer can process in a single batch normal print is as described below.
• Strings: 80 lines
• Graphics: 2400 dots
❏ When you are using an element (Example: <text>) in the batch normal print mode, you must take care
while using certain elements.
<batch-begin>
<text>ABCDE</text>
<batch-end>
Element Precautions
<text>
• If the longitudinal direction is set to triple angle or higher with the height attribute before
this element, then this element and the succeeding elements will become double-angled.
• If the longitudinal direction is set to triple angle or higher with the height attribute after this
element, then the specification in the longitudinal direction will be ignored and become
single-angled.
<feed>
The number of paper feed lines varies depending on the line spacing specified in the linespc
attribute. If the line spacing is specified as 30 in the linespc attribute, paper feeding can be per-
formed for eight lines with the maximum value of the unit attribute as 255.

166
Chapter 4 XML Reference - PrinterControl XML
<image>
• If the total vertical size of print data exceeds 2400 dots, printing may not be performed as
intended. For example, if 500-dot data B is sent to a location in the printer buffer where 2000-
dot data A is accumulated, then data B will be accumulated in the printer buffer after data A
has been printed.
• The multi-gradation (16 scales) maximum size is up to 600 dots vertically.
In the case of multi-gradation (16 scales), a data volume that is four times that of
monochrome (2 scales) is required.
• If the vertical size of one image element exceeds the data volume that can be processed in
one go, printing will not be performed.
Monochrome (2 scales) maximum value: 2400 dots
Multi-gradation (16 scales) maximum value: 600 dots
Element Precautions

167
Chapter 4 XML Reference - PrinterControl XML
<batch-end>
Ends the batch normal print mode.
Sample program
• Prints characters [ABCDE] in the batch normal print mode.
Supplementary explanation
❏ This element does not work in the page mode.
❏ Use the element for batch normal printing (Example: <text>) by enclosing between this element and
<batch-begin>.
<batch-begin>
<text>ABCDE</text>
<batch-end>

168
Chapter 4 XML Reference - PrinterControl XML
<rotate-begin>
Starts the batch rotate print mode.
Sample program
• Prints characters [ABCDE] in the batch rotate print mode.
Supplementary explanation
❏ This element does not work in the page mode.
❏ Use the element for batch rotate printing (Example: <text>) by enclosing between this element and
<rotate-end>.
❏ Do not use the following elements between this element and <rotate-end>.
• <page>
• <cut>
• <pulse>
• <sound>
• <type>eject</type>
❏ The data volume that the printer can process in a single batch rotate printing is as described below.
• Strings: 80 lines
• Graphics: 2400 dots
❏ When you are using an element (Example: <text>) in the batch rotate print mode, you must take care
while using certain elements.
<rotate-begin>
<text>ABCDE</text>
<rotate-end>
Element Precautions
<text>
• If the longitudinal direction is set to triple angle or higher with the height attribute before
this element, then this element and the succeeding elements will become double-angled.
• If the longitudinal direction is set to triple angle or higher with the height attribute after this
element, then the specification in the longitudinal direction will be ignored and become
single-angled.
<feed>
The number of paper feed lines varies depending on the line spacing specified in the linespc
attribute. If the line spacing is specified as 30 in the linespc attribute, paper feeding can be per-
formed for eight lines with the maximum value of the unit attribute as 255.

169
Chapter 4 XML Reference - PrinterControl XML
<image>
• If the total vertical size of print data exceeds 2400 dots, printing may not be performed as
intended. For example, if 500-dot data B is sent to a location in the printer buffer where 2000-
dot data A is accumulated, then data B will be accumulated in the printer buffer after data A
has been printed.
• The multi-gradation (16 scales) maximum size is up to 600 dots vertically.
In the case of multi-gradation (16 scales), a data volume that is four times that of
monochrome (2 scales) is required.
• If the vertical size of one image element exceeds the data volume that can be processed in
one go, printing will not be performed.
Monochrome (2 scales) maximum value: 2400 dots
Multi-gradation (16 scales) maximum value: 600 dots
Element Precautions

170
Chapter 4 XML Reference - PrinterControl XML
<rotate-end>
Ends the batch rotate print mode.
Sample program
• Prints characters [ABCDE] in the batch rotate print mode.
Supplementary explanation
❏ This element does not work in the page mode.
❏ Use the element for batch rotate printing (Example: <text>) by enclosing between this element and
<rotate-begin>.
<rotate-begin>
<text>ABCDE</text>
<rotate-end>

171
Chapter 4 XML Reference - CustomerDisplay Messages
CustomerDisplay Messages
<type>display</type>
Sends display data and configuration data to the customer display and requests for displaying data on the
customer display. The request result is acquired by the <type>onxmlresult</type> element.
Request
Sample program
Supplementary explanation
Refer to CustomerDisplayControl XML for details of display data specified in the displaydata child element.
Child element Data type Description
timeout int
Specifies the timeout for the request in milliseconds.
Value: 1000 to 60000 (integer)
displaydata string Specifies an XML to control the customer display.
<data>
<type>display</type>
<timeout>10000</timeout>
<displaydata>
<!-- CustomerDisplay Control XML -->
<epos-display xmlns=
.
.
</epos-display>
</displaydata>
</data>

172
Chapter 4 XML Reference - CustomerDisplay Messages
<type>onxmlresult</type>
Acquires the result of the display request given by the <type>display</type> element and notifies the
application of the result.
Response
Sample program
Supplementary explanation
❏ Refer to <response> for details of the display result acquired in the resultdata child element.
❏ No <type>onxmlresult</type> is notified if a communication error occurs.
To notify the disconnection event, implement the <reconnect>.
❏ If a communication error occurs and it is deemed that no recovery will take place, notify <disconnect>.
Since no <type>onxmlresult</type> is notified in this case, detect the display failure in <disconnect>.
Child element Data type Description
resultdata string Display result
<data>
<type>onxmlresult</type>
<resultdata>
<response success=”true” code=”” status=””/>
</resultdata>
</data>

173
Chapter 4 XML Reference - CustomerDisplayControl XML
CustomerDisplayControl XML
<epos-display>
This XML is sent from the application to the customer display.
It requests the customer display to execute a specified function. <epos-display> has child elements necessary to
control the customer display.
Attribute
xmlns
Declares the name space of epos-display. The name space is as follows:
http://www.epson-pos.com/schemas/2012/09/epos-display
Sample program
• Adds a text tag as the child element.
<epos-display xmlns=”http://www.epson-pos.com/schemas/2012/09/epos-display”>
<text>Hello world!!</text>
</epos-display>

174
Chapter 4 XML Reference - CustomerDisplayControl XML
<response>
This is an XML returned from the customer display to the application.
Attribute
success
code
status
Sample program
• When succeeded
Attribute Description
success Display result
code Error code
status Status
Attribute value Description
“true” / “1” Display succeeded.
“false” / “0” Display failed.
Attribute value Description
“EDSP_NOT_FOUND” The device was not found.
“EDSP_NOT_OPEN” Failed to open the device.
“EDSP_INVALID_WINDOW” An unregistered window was specified.
“EDSP_SYSTEM_ERROR” An unexpected error occurred.
“EDSP_SCHEMA_ERROR” The XML structure is not correct.
“EX_BADPORT” An internal communication error with the device occurred.
“EX_TIMEOUT” A timeout error occurred during communication with the device.
“EX_INVALID_VALUE” An invalid parameter was detected.
“TooManyRequests”
The number of display data sent to the display has exceeded the
allowable limit.
Attribute value Description
“0” Always
<response success=”true” code=”” status=”0”/>

175
Chapter 4 XML Reference - CustomerDisplayControl XML
• When failed
Supplementary explanation
"0" is always set in the status attribute.
<response success=”false” code=”EDSP_NOT_FOUND” status=”0”/>

176
Chapter 4 XML Reference - CustomerDisplayControl XML
<window>
Creates a new window, deletes a specified window, or moves the current window.
❏ Specifying the number, x, y, width, and height attributes creates a window.
❏ Specifying the number attribute and specifying "true/1" in the destroy attribute deletes the specified window.
❏ Specifying the number attribute only moves the current window to the specified window.
Attribute
number
x
y
width
height
scrollmode
Attribute value Description
“1” to “4” Specifies the window number.
Attribute value Description
“1” to “44” Specifies the origin of the X coordinate.
Attribute value Description
“1” to “19” Specifies the origin of the Y coordinate.
Attribute value Description
“1” to “44” Specifies the window width.
Attribute value Description
“1” to “19” Specifies the window height.
Attribute value Description
“overwrite”
• When the current display position is at the rightmost position of the upper line,
move the display position to the leftmost position of the lower line.
• When the current display position is at the rightmost position of the lower line,
move the display position to the leftmost position of the upper line.
• The character currently displayed at the target position will be overwritten.

177
Chapter 4 XML Reference - CustomerDisplayControl XML
destroy
Error condition
Sample program
• Defines a window "1" of which origin is at the upper-left corner, width is "10," and height is "2" and which
scrolls vertically.
• Defines a window "2" of which origin is at the center, width is "10," and height is "2" and which scrolls verti-
cally.
• Moved the current window to window 1.
• Deletes window 2.
Supplementary explanation
❏ When creating an additional window, pay attention so that the new window does not overlap an exist-
ing window on the customer display.
“v_scroll”
• When the current display position is at the rightmost position of the upper line,
move the display position to the leftmost position of the lower line.
• When the current display position is at the rightmost position of the lower line,
moves the characters currently on the lower line to the upper line, erases the
contents of the lower line, and then moves the display position to the leftmost
position of the lower line.
“h_scroll”
• When a new character is displayed while the current display position is at the
rightmost position, shifts the entire line by one character to the left and displays the
new character at the rightmost position.
• Does not feed the line.
Attribute value Description
“true” / “1” Deletes the window specified by number.
“false” / “0” Does not delete the window.
Error value Description
“EX_INVALID_VALUE”
The x, y, width, and/or height values of the new window coincident
with the area of an existing window.
“EDSP_INVALID_WINDOW” The window specified as the new current window does not exist.
<window number=”1” x=”1” y=”1” width=”10” height=”2” scrollmode=”v_scroll”/>
<window number=”2” x=”11” y=”1” width=”10” height=”2” scrollmode=”v_scroll”/>
<window number=”1”/>
<window number=”2” destroy=”true”/>
Attribute value Description

178
Chapter 4 XML Reference - CustomerDisplayControl XML
❏ If the number, x, y, width, and height elements are specified and the destroy attribute is set to "true/1,"
no window is created nor deleted.

179
Chapter 4 XML Reference - CustomerDisplayControl XML
<screen>
Specifies the base window settings.
Attribute
mode
Specifies the screen configuration of base window (text/image).
❏ Column/row fixed mode
Attribute
value
Installation
method
Area
(columns × rows)
Screen configuration
“1”
Landscape
orientation
20 x 2
“Horizontal split”
Divided equally into top and bottom portions.
Top: Text, Bottom: Image
“2”
Landscape
orientation
20 x 2
“Horizontal split”
Divided equally into top and bottom portions.
Top: Image, Bottom: Text
“3”
Landscape
orientation
20 x 2
“Display in center”
Only text is displayed at the center.
No division.
“4”
Landscape
orientation
32 x 4
“Horizontal split”
Divided equally into top and bottom portions.
Top: Text, Bottom: Image
“5”
Landscape
orientation
32 x 4
“Horizontal split”
Divided equally into top and bottom portions.
Top: Image, Bottom: Text
“6”
Landscape
orientation
32 x 4
“Display in center”
Only text is displayed at the center.
No division.
“7”
Landscape
orientation
42 x 8
“Horizontal split”
Divided equally into top and bottom portions.
Top: Text, Bottom: Image
“8”
Landscape
orientation
42 x 8
“Horizontal split”
Divided equally into top and bottom portions.
Top: Image, Bottom: Text
“9”
Landscape
orientation
42 x 8
“Display in center”
Only text is displayed at the center.
No division.
“10”
Landscape
orientation
32 x 3
“Horizontal split”
Divided equally into top and bottom portions.
Top: Text, Bottom: Image

180
Chapter 4 XML Reference - CustomerDisplayControl XML
❏ Standard mode
“11”
Landscape
orientation
32 x 3
“Horizontal split”
Divided equally into top and bottom portions.
Top: Image, Bottom: Text
“12”
Landscape
orientation
32 x 3
“Display in center”
Only text is displayed at the center.
No division.
“13”
Landscape
orientation
32 x 2
“Horizontal split”
Divided equally into top and bottom portions.
Top: Text, Bottom: Image
“14”
Landscape
orientation
32 x 2
“Horizontal split”
Divided equally into top and bottom portions.
Top: Image, Bottom: Text
“15”
Landscape
orientation
32 x 2
“Display in center”
Only text is displayed at the center.
No division.
Attribute
value
Installation
method
Screen configuration
“20”
Landscape
orientation
“Full screen”
The text/image is displayed on the entire page.
No division.
“21”
Portrait
orientation
“22”
Landscape
orientation
“Vertical split”
Divided equally into left and right portions.
Left: Image, Right: Text
“23”
Landscape
orientation
“Vertical split”
Divided equally into left and right portions.
Left: Text, Right: Image
“24”
Landscape
orientation
“Horizontal split”
Divided equally into top and bottom portions.
Top: Text, Bottom: Image
“25”
Landscape
orientation
“Horizontal split”
Divided equally into top and bottom portions.
Top: Image, Bottom: Text
“26”
Portrait
orientation
“Horizontal split”
Divided equally into top and bottom portions.
Top: Text, Bottom: Image
Attribute
value
Installation
method
Area
(columns × rows)
Screen configuration

181
Chapter 4 XML Reference - CustomerDisplayControl XML
column
Specifies the width (number of columns) of the base window display area.
row
Specifies the height (number of rows) of the base window display area.
Supplementary explanation
❏ If this item is executed, all items displayed in customer display are erased.
❏ This is not activated until values are set in both the column and row attributes.
“27”
Portrait
orientation
“Horizontal split”
Divided equally into top and bottom portions.
Top: Image, Bottom: Text
“28”
Portrait
orientation
“Horizontal split 1:2”
Divided into top and bottom portions in the ratio of 1:2.
Top: Text, Bottom: Image
“29”
Portrait
orientation
“Horizontal split 2:1”
Divided into top and bottom portions in the ratio of 2:1.
Top: Image, Bottom: Text
“30”
Portrait
orientation
“Horizontal split 2:1”
Divided into top and bottom portions in the ratio of 2:1.
Top: Text, Bottom: Image
“31”
Portrait
orientation
“Horizontal split 1:2”
Divided into top and bottom portions in the ratio of 1:2.
Top: Image, Bottom: Text
Attribute value Description
“1” to “44” Effective specification range during landscape orientation
“1” to “22” Effective specification range during portrait orientation
Attribute value Description
“1” to “13” Effective specification range during landscape orientation
“1” to “19” Effective specification range during portrait orientation
Attribute
value
Installation
method
Screen configuration

182
Chapter 4 XML Reference - CustomerDisplayControl XML
<textarea>
Creates a new window, deletes a specified window, or moves the current window.
❏ Specifying the number, x, y, width, and height attributes creates a window.
❏ Specifying the number attribute and specifying "true/1" in the destroy attribute deletes the specified window.
❏ Specifying the number attribute only moves the current window to the specified window.
Attribute
number
x
y
width
height
scrollmode
Attribute value Description
“1” to “4” Specifies the window number.
Attribute value Description
“1” to “44” Specifies the x-coordinate on the customer display of window origin.
Attribute value Description
“1” to “19” Specifies the y-coordinate on the customer display of window origin.
Attribute value Description
“1” to “44” Specifies the window width.
Attribute value Description
“1” to “19” Specifies the window height.
Attribute value Description
“overwrite”
• When the current display position is at the rightmost position of the upper line,
move the display position to the leftmost position of the lower line.
• When the current display position is at the rightmost position of the lower line,
move the display position to the leftmost position of the upper line.
• The character currently displayed at the target position will be overwritten.

183
Chapter 4 XML Reference - CustomerDisplayControl XML
destroy
Supplementary explanation
❏ When the number, x, y, width, and height attributes are specified, and the destroy attribute is set to true/
1, window creation processing is not executed, nor is deletion processing.
❏ After using <textarea>, the origin position of the x and y attributes of <text> and <cursor> appear in the
top left of the window set in <textarea>.
❏ This operation does not occur when column/row fixed mode is set in <screen>.
“v_scroll”
• When the current display position is at the rightmost position of the upper line,
move the display position to the leftmost position of the lower line.
• When the current display position is at the rightmost position of the lower line,
moves the characters currently on the lower line to the upper line, erases the
contents of the lower line, and then moves the display position to the leftmost
position of the upper line.
“h_scroll”
• When a new character is displayed while the current display position is at the
rightmost position, shifts the entire line by one character to the left and displays the
new character at the rightmost position.
• Does not feed the line.
Attribute value Description
“true” / “1” Destroys the window specified by "number"
“false” / “0” Not destroy
Attribute value Description

184
Chapter 4 XML Reference - CustomerDisplayControl XML
<cursor>
Specifies the cursor position and display settings.
❏ Specifying the x and y attributes moves the cursor to the specified coordinates on the customer display.
❏ Specifying the moveto attribute moves the cursor to the specified position within the current window.
Attribute
x
y
moveto
type
Sample program
• Moves the cursor to the upper-left position of the customer display.
• Moves the cursor to the upper-left position of the current window.
Supplementary explanation
❏ If the x, y, and moveto attributes are specified at the same time, the cursor does not move.
❏ In DM-D70 (Standard mode), the cursor position is set in the current window specified in <textarea>,
with the top left as the origin.
Attribute value Description
“1” to “44” Specifies the X coordinate.
Attribute value Description
“1” to “19” Specifies the Y coordinate.
Attribute value Description
“top_left” Moves to the leftmost position on the top line.
“top_right” Moves to the rightmost position on the top line.
“bottom_left” Moves to the leftmost position on the bottom line.
“bottom_right” Moves to the rightmost position on the bottom line.
Attribute value Description
“none” No cursor display
“underline” Underscore
<cursor x=”1” y=”1”/>
<cursor moveto=”top_left” type=”underline”/>

185
Chapter 4 XML Reference - CustomerDisplayControl XML
If the window is not specified in <textarea>, set the cursor position in the base window, with the top left
as the origin.
❏ In DM-D70 (Column/row fixed mode), the cursor position is set in the base window, with the top left as
the origin.
❏ The value that can be specified in the x and y attributes varies depending on the customer display used
and its display modes, as well as the installation method.
x y
DM-D30
1 to 20 1 to 2
DM-D110
DM-D210
DM-D70 (Column/row fixed mode)
DM-D70 (Standard mode: Landscape orientation) 1 to 44 1 to 13
DM-D70 (Standard mode: Portrait orientation) 1 to 22 1 to 19

186
Chapter 4 XML Reference - CustomerDisplayControl XML
<text>
Specifies the display settings of text displayed on the customer display
Attribute
x
y
reverse
lang
color
Sample program
• Displays text from the upper-left position.
• Displays text in the black-and-white reverse style from the current cursor position.
• Changes the current window to window 2 and displays text.
Attribute value Description
“1” to “44” Specifies the x coordinate of the display position.
Attribute value Description
“1” to “19” Specifies the y coordinate of the display position.
Attribute value Description
“true” / “1” Enables the black-and-white reverse style.
“false” / “0” Disables the reverse style.
Attribute value Description
“en” English
“ja” Japanese (Kana)
“mul” Multiple languages (UTF-8)
Attribute value Description
“#000000” to “#FFFFFF”
Specifies the color value of the string to be displayed in hexadecimal
#RRGGBB
<text x=”1” y=”1” lang=”ja”>Carrots \100</text>
<text reverse=”true”>Welcome!!</text>
<window number=”2”/>
<text x=”1” y=”1” lang=”ja”>Carrots \100</text>

187
Chapter 4 XML Reference - CustomerDisplayControl XML
Supplementary explanation
❏ If the x and y attributes are omitted, text is displayed at the cursor position at the time when the <text>
element is executed.
❏ In DM-D70 (Standard mode), the string is displayed at the position coordinates specified, with the top
left of the current window specified in <textarea> as the origin.
If the window is not specified in <textarea>, the string is displayed at the position coordinates specified,
with the top left of the base window as the origin.
❏ In DM-D70 (Column/row fixed mod), the string is displayed at the position coordinates specified, with
the top left of the base window as the origin.
❏ Refer to <window> for the cursor position after the string is displayed.
❏ The value that can be specified in the x and y attributes varies depending on the customer display used
and its display modes, as well as the installation method.
❏ Specify the value in both x and y attributes.
If only a single attribute is specified, nothing is displayed.
❏ When the color attribute is specified, the font color changes from the position coordinates specified in
the x and y attributes.
❏ If "mul" is specified in the lang attribute, the font color returns to the default setting of the customer dis-
play.
If the color attribute is specified after specifying "mul" in the lang attribute, then color is processed after
lang, and therefore, the font color specified in color is applied.
x y
DM-D30
1 to 20 1 to 2
DM-D110
DM-D210
DM-D70 (Column/row fixed mode)
DM-D70 (Standard mode: Landscape orientation) 1 to 44 1 to 13
DM-D70 (Standard mode: Portrait orientation) 1 to 22 1 to 19

188
Chapter 4 XML Reference - CustomerDisplayControl XML
<marquee>
Specifies the marquee display settings.
This element displays characters one by one at the interval specified in uwait. After displaying the last character,
it waits for the period of time specified in rwait, and then restarts displaying from the first character.
Attribute
format
repeat
uwait
rwait
lang
Sample program
• Displays a marquee from the right of the screen at 200 ms/character, then repeats it after waiting for 1000
ms.
Attribute value Description
“walk” Displays the text from the rightmost position of the window.
“place” Displays the text from the leftmost position of the window.
Attribute value Description
“0” Repeats display unlimitedly.
“1” to “127” Specify the display repeat count as an integer.
Attribute value Description
“0” to “2000”
Specify the display interval between two successive characters in mil-
liseconds as an integer.
Attribute value Description
“100” to “2000”
Specify the wait time after displaying the last character in milliseconds
as an integer.
Attribute value Description
“en” English
“ja” Japanese (Kana)
<marquee uwait=”200” rwait=”1000”>Welcom!!</marquee>

189
Chapter 4 XML Reference - CustomerDisplayControl XML
• Displays a marquee from the left of the screen at 200 ms/character, then repeats it after waiting for 1000
ms.
Supplementary explanation
❏ For TM-H6000V and DM-D110/DM-D210, "0" is only allowed in repeat.
❏ When controlling DM-D30 or DM-D70, due to the characteristics of its LCD, its marquee display may be
distorted if the interval for switching text is too short.
It is recommended to set uwait and rwait to the value shown below.
DM-D30: 600 msec or longer
DM-D70: 100 msec or longer
<marquee uwait=”200” rwait=”1000” format=”place”>Welcome!!</marquee>

190
Chapter 4 XML Reference - CustomerDisplayControl XML
<blink>
Specifies the blink settings of the customer display.
Attribute
interval
Sample program
• Sets the blink interval of the display to 500 ms.
• Cancels blinking of the display.
• Turns off the display. Display data is retained.
Supplementary explanation
The attribute value is rounded up to nearest 50 ms.
Example: 1 => 50, 51 => 100, 101 => 150
Attribute value Description
“0” Stays on (not blinking)
“1” to “12700” Specify the blink interval in milliseconds.
“12701” to “12750” Off (Display data is retained.)
<blink interval=”500”/>
<blink interval=”0”/>
<blink interval=”12750”/>
<cursor moveto=”top_left” type=“underline”/>

191
Chapter 4 XML Reference - CustomerDisplayControl XML
<brightness>
Specifies the brightness settings of the customer display.
Attribute
value
Sample program
• Sets the brightness to 20%.
• Sets the brightness to 40%.
Attribute value Description
“20” Sets the brightness to 20%.
“40” Sets the brightness to 40%.
“60” Sets the brightness to 60%.
“100” Sets the brightness to 100%.
<brightness value=”20”/>
<brightness value=”40”/>

192
Chapter 4 XML Reference - CustomerDisplayControl XML
<backgroundcolor>
Specifies the background color.
The background color from the beginning till the end of the row specified in the text area can be changed.
Attribute
color
row
Supplementary explanation
❏ The background color can be applied only to the text area.
❏ Attribute color and row are attributes that must be set.
❏ To apply the background color to a plurality of rows, execute this element a plurality of times.
❏ To individually specify the background color in a plurality of windows, define the window in <textarea>
before executing this element.
If the window is defined beforehand, the background color can be specified individually for each win-
dow.
By dividing the window at the position where the background color is to be changed, the background
color can be changed in the middle of the row.
❏ This operation does not occur when column/row fixed mode is set in <screen>.
Attribute value Description
“#000000” to “#FFFFFF” Specifies the color of the background in hexadecimal #RRGGBB
Attribute value Description
“1” to “19” Changes the background color of the specified row.
“even” Changes the background color of all even rows.
“odd” Changes the background color of all odd rows.
“all” Changes the background color of all rows.

193
Chapter 4 XML Reference - CustomerDisplayControl XML
<slideshow>
Sets the start or stopping of the slide show.
Attribute
interval
stop
Supplementary explanation
Attribute values are rounded up in units of 200 milliseconds.
Example: 1 => 200, 201 => 400, 401 => 600
Attribute value Description
“200” to “51000” Specifies the switching period of the slide show in milliseconds.
Attribute value Description
“true” / “1” Sets slide show stopping
“false” / “0” Sets slide show start

194
Chapter 4 XML Reference - CustomerDisplayControl XML
<downloadimage>
Sets the display of the image registered in <registerdownloadimage>.
Attribute
key1
key2
dotx
Specifies the x-coordinate of the image display position, with the top left of the customer display as the ori-
gin.
doty
Specifies the y-coordinate of the image display position, with the top left of the customer display as the ori-
gin.
width
height
Supplementary explanation
❏ This can be used when Standard mode is specified in <screen>.
❏ Attribute key 1 and key 2 are attributes that must be set.
Attribute value Description
“0” to “255” Specifies keycode 1 indicated in <registerdownloadimage>.
Attribute value Description
“0” to “255” Specifies keycode 2 indicated in <registerdownloadimage>.
Attribute value Description
“0” to “799” Effective specification range during landscape orientation
“0” to “479” Effective specification range during portrait orientation
Attribute value Description
“0” to “479” Effective specification range during landscape orientation
“0” to “799” Effective specification range during portrait orientation
Attribute value Description
“0” to “1440” Specifies the width display size (in dots) of the image
Attribute value Description
“0” to “1440” Specifies the height display size (in dots) of the image

195
Chapter 4 XML Reference - CustomerDisplayControl XML
❏ To display in the size of the original image, specify 0 in both the width and height attributes.
❏ The image is not displayed if it does not fit into the display area.
❏ The image specified by this element is displayed in front of the text or image being displayed during the
execution.
❏ When using a transmission image, use data in the png format.

196
Chapter 4 XML Reference - CustomerDisplayControl XML
<registerdownloadimage>
Specifies the raster format image data. (Data format xs:base64Binary)
The specified image data can be registered in the download graphics area of customer display, and can be called
by <downloadimage>.
Attribute
key1
key2
Supplementary explanation
❏ Attribute key 1 and key 2 are attributes that must be set.
❏ This element cannot be used simultaneously with other elements.
After executing this element, do not execute any other elements until the callback is returned.
❏ Execute this element one time only for each <type>display</type>, and register images one at a time.
❏ If success is not returned in <type>display</type> by the <response> execution results, including the
results of this element, restart the printer.
Depending on the system environment, it may take some time for the recovery process.
❏ If the power supply to the customer display is cut off, the registered image is erased.
❏ As the data size of the image to be registered increases, the processing time becomes longer. (Max. 320
seconds)
❏ If the data size of the image to be registered is large, and the communication environment is poor, the
image may not be registered in this element.
If the image cannot be registered in this element, use dedicated Utility software.
For details on the dedicated Utility software, refer to the Technical Reference Guide of each customer dis-
play.
❏ If an image is registered in the specified keycode, it is overwritten and registered.
❏ Image data expressed in the pixel format of YCbCr422 or YCbCr420 can be used.
❏ The image size should be about 100 KB although the upper limit of the image size is 1.5 MB.
❏ Total size of images that can be registered is 1.5 MB.
This element converts the image format and pixel count so that the customer displays can process the
images and then register them. The conversion processing may increase the size of images, so ensure
that there is sufficient free space in the download graphics area to accommodate the total size of the
images to be registered.
No error is returned when registration was not successful due to insufficient free space in the download
graphics area.
Attribute value Description
“48” to “57”, “65” to “90”, “97” to “122” Specifies keycode 1.
Attribute value Description
“48” to “57”, “65” to “90”, “97” to “122” Specifies keycode 2.

197
Chapter 4 XML Reference - CustomerDisplayControl XML
❏ Use a registration image of 800 x 480 dots or less in size, and ensure that the width is an even number of
dots.
❏ When using a transmission image, use data in the png format.
❏ When using an image in the jpg format, use an image matching the display area of the customer display.

198
Chapter 4 XML Reference - CustomerDisplayControl XML
<nvimage>
Specifies the display of the image registered in the NV Graphics area of the customer display.
Attribute
key1
key2
dotx
Specifies the x-coordinate of the image display position, with the top left of the customer display as the ori-
gin.
doty
Specifies the y-coordinate of the image display position, with the top left of the customer display as the ori-
gin.
width
height
Supplementary explanation
❏ This can be used when Standard mode is specified in <screen>.
❏ Attribute key 1 and key 2 are attributes that must be set.
Attribute value Description
“0” to “255” Specifies keycode 1 of NV Graphics.
Attribute value Description
“0” to “255” Specifies keycode 2 of NV Graphics.
Attribute value Description
“0” to “799” Effective specification range during landscape orientation
“0” to “479” Effective specification range during portrait orientation
Attribute value Description
“0” to “479” Effective specification range during landscape orientation
“0” to “799” Effective specification range during portrait orientation
Attribute value Description
“0” to “1440” Specifies the width display size (in dots) of the image
Attribute value Description
“0” to “1440” Specifies the height display size (in dots) of the image

199
Chapter 4 XML Reference - CustomerDisplayControl XML
❏ To display in the size of the original image, specify 0 in both the width and height attributes.
❏ The image is not displayed if it does not fit into the display area.
❏ The image specified by this element is displayed in front of the text or image being displayed during the
execution.
❏ When using a transmission image, use data in the png format.
❏ Use the dedicated Utility software for registration of the image to the NV Graphics area of customer dis-
play.
For details, refer to the Technical Reference Guide of each customer display.

200
Chapter 4 XML Reference - CustomerDisplayControl XML
<clearimage>
Specifies the deletion of the image being displayed.
Supplementary explanation
In this element, the image displayed in the image area is deleted.
To delete the image displayed in the text area, initialize the customer display in <reset>.

201
Chapter 4 XML Reference - CustomerDisplayControl XML
<symbol>
Specifies display of the two-dimensional symbol.
Attribute
type
level
width
dotx
Specifies the x-coordinate of the position to display the two-dimensional symbol (in dots).
doty
Specifies the y-coordinate of the position to display the two-dimensional symbol (in dots).
quietzone
Attribute value Description
“qrcode_model_1” Specifies QR Code Model 1
“qrcode_model_2” Specifies QR Code Model 2
Attribute value Description
“level_l” Specifies error revision level L.
“level_m” Specifies error revision level M.
“level_q” Specifies error revision level Q.
“level_h” Specifies error revision level H.
“default” Specifies the default value (error revision level M).
Attribute value Description
“3” to “16” Specifies the module size
Attribute value Description
“0” to “799” Effective specification range during landscape orientation
“0” to “479” Effective specification range during portrait orientation
Attribute value Description
“0” to “479” Effective specification range during landscape orientation
“0” to “799” Effective specification range during portrait orientation
Attribute value Description
“true” / “1” Specifies quiet zone assignment as enabled.

202
Chapter 4 XML Reference - CustomerDisplayControl XML
Supplementary explanation
❏ Attribute type is an attribute that must be set.
❏ Specify the <symbol> element at the "Beginning of the row".
❏ This can be used when Standard mode is specified in <screen>.
❏ In case there is overlapping with the display of text or image, the two-dimensional symbol is displayed
right in front.
❏ If the string specified within tags is not in accordance with the type of the two-dimensional symbol spec-
ified in type, the two-dimensional symbol is not displayed.
❏ If quiet zone assignment is enabled, a dot white margin (quiet zone) that is four times the value specified
in width is added at the top, bottom, left, and right of the two-dimensional symbol.
❏ To enable quiet zone assignment, specify the position coordinates of the top left of the quiet zone as
dotx and doty.
“false” / “0” Specifies quiet zone assignment as disabled.
Attribute value Description

203
Chapter 4 XML Reference - CustomerDisplayControl XML
<clearsymbol>
Specifies deletion of the two-dimensional symbol being displayed.
Supplementary explanation
If the two-dimensional symbol being displayed overlaps the image, the image at the overlapping portion is
erased together with the two-dimensional symbol.

204
Chapter 4 XML Reference - CustomerDisplayControl XML
<clock>
Displays the time at the rightmost position on the bottom line of the customer display.
The time displayed is the local time managed by the OS of the printer.
Sample program
<clock/>

205
Chapter 4 XML Reference - CustomerDisplayControl XML
<clear>
Clears the current window.
If no window exists, clears the entire area of the customer display.
Sample program
<clear/>

206
Chapter 4 XML Reference - CustomerDisplayControl XML
<reset>
Resets the customer display. Resetting changes the customer display status as follows:
❏ Displayed text and registered windows are all discarded.
❏ Cursor settings are initialized to the default and the cursor position is returned to the origin of the
customer display.
❏ Display blink and brightness settings are initialized to the default.
Sample program
<reset/>

207
Chapter 4 XML Reference - CustomerDisplayControl XML
<command>
Executes an arbitrary ESC/POS command.
The command is specified as a hexadecimal string.
Sample program
Supplementary explanation
❏ Refer to the following URL for details of the ESC/POS command.
https://www.epson-biz.com/pos/reference/
❏ ePOS-Device Service does not check the commands sent by the <command> XML. If the commands
interfere with ePOS-Device Service operations, other xml controls may work wrongly or status values
may become invalid.
This XML should be used with a full understanding of ESC/POS commands and the customer display
specifications.
<command>01025AEF3B405C</command>

208
Chapter 4 XML Reference - Keyboard Messages
Keyboard Messages
<type>onkeypress</type>
Acquires data input from the keyboard and notifies the application of it.
Response
Sample program
Supplementary explanation
❏ Refer to List of KeyCode for details of the key code.
❏ Depending on the pressing status of the Shift key, a converted character such as an upper case character
or symbol is passed to the child element ascii.
❏ Depending on the keyboard used, double-byte characters may be included in ascii.
Child element Data type Description
keycode int Decimal value of a key code entered from the keyboard.
ascii string Character generated from the key code.
<data>
<type>onkeypress</type>
<keycode>49</keycode>
<ascii>a</ascii>
</data>

209
Chapter 4 XML Reference - Keyboard Messages
<type>setprefix</type>
Sets a key code which is recognized as the start of a string to accept keyboard input as a sequence of strings.
When the key code specified by the <type>setprefix</type> element is entered, the string after it until the Enter
key is pressed can be acquired by the <type>onstring</type> element.
Request
Sample program
Supplementary explanation
❏ Use this element for keyboard input as an alternative to a barcode.
❏ To finish character entry, execute the <type>setprefix</type> element without specifying the child ele-
ment keycodes.
❏ Refer to List of KeyCode for details of the key code.
Child element Data type Description
keycodes int Specifies the key code arrangement.
<data>
<type>setprefix</type>
<keycodes array=”true”>49</keycodes>
<keycodes>50</keycodes>
<keycodes>51</keycodes>
<keycodes>52</keycodes>
</data>

210
Chapter 4 XML Reference - Keyboard Messages
<type>onstring</type>
Acquires a detected string starting with any of the key codes specified by the <type>setprefix</type> element
and ending with the Enter key, and notifies the application of it. The acquired data also includes the detected key
code information.
Response
Sample program
Supplementary explanation
❏ The key code that is recognized as the start of the string is not included in the string acquired by the
input child element.
❏ Even if pressing of the Enter key is not detected, string is notified to the application when the number of
detected characters exceeds 160.
❏ Refer to List of KeyCode for details of the key code.
Child element Data type Description
input string Detected string
prefix int Key code recognized as the start of a string
<data>
<type>onstring</type>
<input>&2398749238429</input>
<prefix>49</prefix>
</data>

211
Chapter 4 XML Reference - Keyboard Messages
<type>setMSRPrefix</type>
Specifies a key code to start using the programmable keyboard with MSR.
When the specified key code is input, the string of the received card information can be acquired by the
<type>ondata</type> element.
Request
Sample program
Supplementary explanation
❏ Cannot be used with ePOS-Device XML (Japanese version).
❏ The <type>setMSRPrefix</type> element is an expansion element for a programmable keyboard with
MSR.
It supports the following product:
• MID-QM128A-GB (TIPRO Ltd.)
❏ Refer to List of KeyCode for details of the key code.
Child element Data type Description
keycodes int Specifies a key code to detect the start of receiving card information.
<data>
<type>setMSRPrefix</type>
<keycode>52</keycode>
</data>

212
Chapter 4 XML Reference - Keyboard Messages
<type>ondata</type>
Acquires the card read information from a programmable keyboard with MSR, and notifies the application of it.
Response
Sample program
Supplementary explanation
❏ Cannot be used with ePOS-Device XML (Japanese version).
❏ Even if pressing of the Enter key is not detected, string is notified to the application when the number of
detected characters exceeds 160.
❏ The <type>ondata</type> element is an expansion element for a programmable keyboard with MSR.
It supports the following product:
• MID-QM128A-GB (TIPRO Ltd.)
Child element Data type Description
track1 string Entire data of JIS1 track 1
track2 string Entire data of JIS1 track 2
account_number string PAN of JIS 1 track 2
expiration_date string Expiration date of JIS1 track 2
surname string Gender
first_name string First name
middle_initial string Middle name/initial
title string Title
service_code string Service code
track1_dd string Arbitrary data of JIS1 track 1
track2_dd string Arbitrary data of JIS1 track 2
<data>
<track1>B9999999999999999^EPSON/TARO ^160410100000 00573000000</
track1>
<track2>9999999999999999=16041010000057300000</track2>
<account_number>9999999999999999</account_number>
<expiration_date>1604</expiration_date>
<surname>EPSON</surname>
<first_name>TARO</first_name>
<middle_initial> </middle_initial>
<title></title>
<service_code>101</service_code>
<track1_dd>00000 00573000000</track1_dd>
<track2_dd>0000057300000</track2_dd>
</data>

213
Chapter 4 XML Reference - POSKeyboard Messages
POSKeyboard Messages
<data>onkeypress</data>
The system receives input data from the POS keyboard and notifies applications.
Response
Sample program
Child element Data type Description
poskeycode int Keycode configured for a POS key
<data>
<type>onkeypress</type>
<poskeycode>49</poskeycode>
</data>

214
Chapter 4 XML Reference - MSR Messages
MSR Messages
<data>ondata</data>
Acquires card read information from an MSR device, and notifies the application of it.
Response
Sample program
Child element Data type Description
track1 string Entire data of JIS1 track 1
track2 string Entire data of JIS1 track 2
track4 string Entire data of JIS2 track
account_number string PAN of JIS 1 track 2
expiration_date string Expiration date of JIS1 track 2
surname string Gender
first_name string First name
middle_initial string Middle name/initial
title string Title
service_code string Service code
track1_dd string Arbitrary data of JIS1 track 1
track2_dd string Arbitrary data of JIS1 track 2
<data>
<track1>B9999999999999999^EPSON/TARO ^160410100000 00573000000</
track1>
<track2>9999999999999999=16041010000057300000</track2>
<track4>S6000030469999296999977006800160445000016040000000000000000000000573
0
</track4>
<account_number>9999999999999999</account_number>
<expiration_date>1604</expiration_date>
<surname>EPSON</surname>
<first_name>TARO</first_name>
<middle_initial> </middle_initial>
<title></title>
<service_code>101</service_code>
<track1_dd>00000 00573000000</track1_dd>
<track2_dd>0000057300000</track2_dd>
</data>

215
Chapter 4 XML Reference - SerialDevice Messages
SerialDevice Messages
<type>sendcommand</type>
Sends an arbitrary command to the serial device. The response data from the serial device is acquired by the
<type>oncommandreply</type> element.
Request
Sample program
Child element Data type Description
command string Specifies a command as a string.
<data>
<type>sendcommand</type>
<command>1B123344FF1F5D3C</command>
</data>

216
Chapter 4 XML Reference - SerialDevice Messages
<type>oncommandreply</type>
Acquires the response data to the command sent by the <type>sendcommand</type> element and notifies the
application of it.
Response
status
Sample program
Supplementary explanation
❏ Since data from the device may be divided into multiple responses, be sure to use the <type>oncom-
mandreply</type> element to confirm that the entire response data has been received.
If data is divided into multiple responses, the <type>oncommandreply</type> element occurs several
times. Wait for the succeeding data before proceeding with the process.
❏ When a communication error occurs, communication disconnection is not notified.
To notify the disconnection event, implement the <reconnect>.
Child element Data type Description
status string Data reception status
data string Command string
Element value Description
“SUCCESS” Data reception succeeded.
<data>
<type>oncommandreply</type>
<status>SUCCESS</status>
<data>1B123344FF1F5D3C</data>
</data>

217
Chapter 4 XML Reference - Storage Messages
Storage Messages
<type>operate</type>
Sends operational command data to the storage and requests it for processing.
The request result is acquired by the <type>operateresult</type> element.
Request
Maximum request data size
64KB
Sample program
Stores the transaction data in the storage.
Supplementary explanation
Refer to "Storage Control JSON" for details of requestdata child element.
Child element Data type Description
timeout int
Specifies timeout for the request in milliseconds.
Value: 100 to 120000 (integer)
requestdata string Specifies JSON data to be processed by storage.
<device_data>
<device_id>local_TSE</device_id>
<data>
<type>operate</type>
<timeout>10000</timeout>
<requestdata>
{"storage":
{"type":"TSE","vendor":"TSE1"},
"function":"StartTransaction","input":
{"clientId":"ClientId_POS1",
"processData":"YXBwbGU=",
"processType":"Start",
"additionalData":""},
"compress":{"required":false,
"type":""}}
</requestdata>
</data>
</device_data>

218
Chapter 4 XML Reference - Storage Messages
<type>operateresult</type>
Acquires the result of the operate request given by the <type>operate</type> element and notifies the
application of the result.
Response
Sample program
Supplementary explanation
Refer to "Storage Control JSON" for details of resultdata child element.
Child Element Data type Description
success bool
true: Success to process.
false: Failed to process.
code string
Specifies the detail.
SUCCESS: Successfully processed.
ERROR_PARMETER: Parameter is insufficient or wrong.
ERROR_DEVICE_BUSY: Other "operate" request is already
processing.
ERROR_TIMEOUT: Timeout occurred while processing.
ERROR_AUTOMATICAL: Automatical error in printer.
ERROR_UNRECOVERABLE: Unrecoverable error in printer.
EPTR_CUTTER: Cutter error in printer.
EPTR_MECHANICAL: Mechanical error in printer.
<data>
<type>operateresult</type>
<resultdata>
{"result":"EXECUTION_OK","output": {}}
</resultdata>
</data>

219
Chapter 4 XML Reference - OtherPeripheral Messages
OtherPeripheral Messages
<type>User-defined Function</type>
Sends data to device control programs.
The method name is specified by the type element.
Refer to the TM-DT Series Peripheral Device Control Guide for more information.
Request
Sample program
Supplementary explanation
Use the following characters to specify child element values: 0 to 9, a to z, and A to Z.
Child element Data type Description
User-defined child
element name
User-defined Specifies data sent to device control programs.
<data>
<type>XXX</type>
<AAA>YYY</AAA>
<BBB>ZZZ</BBB>
</data>

220
Chapter 4 XML Reference - OtherPeripheral Messages
<type>User-defined Event</type>
This element is used to receive send data and ePOS event names specified by the Send method in device control
programs.
The event name is obtained from the value of the type element.
Refer to the TM-DT Series Peripheral Device Control Guide for more information.
Response
Sample program
Child element Data type Description
Element name for
send data specified
by device control
programs
User-defined Value of element specified by device control programs
<data>
<type>xxx</type>
<bbb>yyy</bbb>
</data>

221
Chapter 4 XML Reference - List of KeyCode
List of KeyCode
Key KeyCode (Decimal) Key KeyCode (Decimal)
Backspace 8 F1 112
Tab 9 F2 113
Enter 13 F3 114
Shift 16 F4 115
Ctrl 17 F5 116
Alt 18 F6 117
Caps Lock 20 F7 118
Esc 27 F8 119
Space 32 F9 120
PageUp 33 F10 121
PageDown 34 F11 122
End 35 F12 123
Home 36 i 161
!37 £163
#38 ¤164
i39 €164
$40 §167
Insert 45 ¬ 172
Delete 46 ° 176
048 ² 178
149 ³ 179
250 μ181
351 : 186
452 ; 187
553 , 188
654 - 189
755 . 190
856 / 191
957 ¿191
A65 @192
B66 Ä196
C67 É201
D68 Í 205

222
Chapter 4 XML Reference - List of KeyCode
E69 Ñ209
F70 Ó211
G71 Ö214
H72 Ú218
I73 [219
J74 \220
K75 Ü220
L76 ] 221
M77 ^ 222
N78 ß 223
O79 à 224
P80 ä228
Q81 ç 231
R82 è232
S83 é233
T84 ì 236
U85 í 237
V86 Caps Lock240
W87 ñ 241
X88 ò242
Y89 ó243
Z90 ö246
* 106 ù 249
+ 107 ú 250
/ 109 ü 252
Key KeyCode (Decimal) Key KeyCode (Decimal)

223
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Supported Printers by XMLs
Device Specifications
This chapter describes restrictions on using elements and their attributes, which differ depending on the model
of printer and customer display.
Supported Printers by XMLs
The following is a list of supported printers by XMLs.
For more detailed specifications for your printer, refer to the Technical Reference Guide of the printer.
Message Supported Printers
Message data for
communication path
<connect>
All Printers<reconnect>
<disconnect>
Message data for
management infor-
mation
<admin_info> All Printers
CommunicationBox
Messages
<open_commbox>
• TM-DT series
• TM-i series
<close_commbox>
<commbox_data>
Message data for
device communica-
tion
<open_device>
All Printers
<close_device>

224
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Supported Printers by XMLs
Device Messages <device_data>
DeviceHubTerminal TM-DT series
BarcodeScanner
• TM-DT series
• TM-i series
• TM Printer
Printer
All Printers
Availability and restriction on the use of PrinterCon-
trol XML differs by printers.
Refer to List of Supported Elements.
HybridPrinter TM-H6000V
CustomerDisplay
All Printers
Availability and restriction on the use of Custom-
erDisplayControl XML differs by printers.
Refer to List of Supported Elements.
Keyboard
• TM-DT series
• TM-i series
POSKeyboard TM-DT series
MSR
• TM-DT series
• TM-T88VI-iHUB
SerialDevice
• TM-DT series
• TM-i series (excludes the model without a serial
port)
Storage
• TM-m30
• TM-m30II-H
• TM-m30II-NT
• TM-m30II-S
• TM-m30II-SL
• TM-m30III
• TM-m30III-H
• TM-m50
• TM-T88VI-iHUB
OtherPeripheral TM-DT series
Message data for
OFSC-Print Service
<service_data>
• TM-DT series
• TM-i series
• TM-T88VI
Message data for
error notification
<error> All Printers
Message Supported Printers

225
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - ePOS-Device XML Functions That Can Be Used with TM Printer
ePOS-Device XML Functions That Can Be Used with TM Printer
The ePOS-Device XML functions can be used with TM-m30 of the following firmware versions.
❏ TM-m30 Firmware Ver.1.40 ESC/POS or later
The ePOS-Device XML functions can be used with TM-T88VI of the following firmware versions.
❏ TM-T88VI Firmware Ver.40.50 ESC/POS or later
ePOS-Device XML Functions That Can Be Used
Messages That Can Be Used
The following is a list of the messages that can be used with TM Printer.
Peripheral devices that
can be used
Network printer function
Communication box
Spooler function
DM-D30
DM-D70
DM-D110
Barcode scanner
TM-m30 ✔✔ - ✔ ---
TM-m30II ✔✔ - ✔ ---
TM-m30II-H ✔✔ - ✔ ---
TM-m30II-NT ✔✔ - ✔ ---
TM-m30II-S ✔✔ - ✔ ---
TM-m30II-SL ✔✔ - ✔ ---
TM-m30III ✔✔ - ✔ ---
TM-m30III-H ✔✔ - ✔ ---
TM-m50 ✔✔ - ✔ ---
TM-T88VI ✔✔✔✔✔ - ✔
TM-T88VII ✔✔✔✔ ---
TM-L100 ✔✔ - ✔ ---
Message Remarks
Message data for
communication path
<connect>
<reconnect>
<disconnect>

226
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - ePOS-Device XML Functions That Can Be Used with TM Printer
Registration of Device
When using ePOS-Device XML with TM Printer, the ePOS-Device settings must be enabled.
The ePOS-Device settings must be configured in EpsonNet Config (Web version).
Since the device ID is fixed as the following, registration is not required.
Limitations
❏ When using 2D barcode readers, Japanese and other multi-byte characters cannot be read correctly. However,
when combining a TM Printer with a 2D barcode reader that supports UTF-8 to read a QR code, multi-byte
characters encoded with UTF-8 can be obtained correctly.
❏ Set the barcode reader suffix (delimiter) to CR (carriage return code). Data cannot be obtained using any other
settings.
❏ Control codes cannot be read from 2D barcode data if it contains ASCII control codes (0x00 through 0x1F).
❏ Only messages without BOM are supported.
❏ Only UTF-8 character encoding is supported.
Message data for
device communica-
tion
<open_device>
<close_device>
Device Messages <device_data>
BarcodeScanner
Printer
For the usability and usage restrictions of XML for
printer control, refer to List of Supported Elements.
CustomerDisplay
For the usability and usage restrictions of XML for
customer display control, refer to List of Supported
Elements.
Storage
TM-m30 firmware Ver. 1.46A ESC/POS or later
TM-m30 firmware Ver. 1.46B ESC/POS or later
Message data for
error notification
<error>
Peripheral Devices Device ID
Printer local_printer
DM-D30, DM-D70, DM-D110 local_display
Barcode scanner local_scanner
German fiscal element (TSE) local_TSE
Message Remarks

227
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - List of Supported Elements
List of Supported Elements
The following tables are list of supported elements by printers.
The following is an explanation of the symbol indicated in table:
• ✔: Supported
• ✔*: Supported but has a restriction on the attribute value.
• -: Not supported.
For information on the restrictions indicated with ✔*, refer to Printer-specific Support Information.
PrinterControl XML
Supported printers (1)
Element
TM-T20II-i
TM-T70-i
TM-T82II-i
TM-T83II-i
TM-T88V-i
TM-T88VI-iHUB
TM-U220-i
TM-T70II-DT
TM-T70II-DT2
TM-T88V-DT
TM-T88VI-DT2
TM-H6000IV-DT
<epos-print> ✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔
<response> ✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔
<text> ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔*
<feed> ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔*
<image> ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔*
<logo> ✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔
<barcode> ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔*
<symbol
> ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔*-✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔*
<hline> ------------
<vline-begin> ------------
<vline-end> ------------
<page> ✔✔✔✔✔✔ - ✔✔✔✔✔
<area> ✔✔✔✔✔✔ - ✔✔✔✔✔
<direction> ✔✔✔✔✔✔ - ✔✔✔✔✔
<position> ✔✔✔✔✔✔ - ✔✔✔✔✔
<line> -----✔*------
<rectangle> -----✔*------
<cut> ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔*
<pulse> ✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔
<sound> ✔*-✔* ✔* ✔* ✔*-✔* ✔* ✔* ✔*-
<c
ommand> ✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔

228
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - List of Supported Elements
Supported printers (2)
<layout> ------------
<recovery> ✔✔✔✔✔✔ - ✔✔✔✔✔
<reset> ✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔
<batch-begin> ------------
<batch-end> ------------
<rotate-begin> ------------
<rotate-end> ------------
Element
TM-H6000V
TM-m30
TM-m30II
TM-m30II-H
TM-m30II-NT
TM-m30II-S
TM-m30II-SL
TM-m30III
TM-m30III-H
TM-m50
TM-T88VI
TM-T88VII
TM-L100
<epos-print> ✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔
<response> ✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔
<text> ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔ *
<feed> ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔*
<image> ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔*
<logo> ✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔
<barcode> ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔ *
<symbol
> ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔ * ✔* ✔*
<hline> -------------
<vline-begin> -------------
<vline-end> -------------
<page> ✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔
<area> ✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔
<direction> ✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔
<position> ✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔
<line> ✔*---------✔* ✔* ✔*
<rectangle> ✔*---------✔* ✔* ✔*
<cut> ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔✔✔* ✔* ✔* ✔*
<pulse> ✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔
<sound> - ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔ * ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔*
Element
TM-T20II-i
TM-T70-i
TM-T82II-i
TM-T83II-i
TM-T88V-i
TM-T88VI-iHUB
TM-U220-i
TM-T70II-DT
TM-T70II-DT2
TM-T88V-DT
TM-T88VI-DT2
TM-H6000IV-DT

229
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - List of Supported Elements
Network Printer (1)
<command> ✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔
<layout> ------------✔*
<recovery> ✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔
<reset> ✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔
<batch-begin> --✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔ - ✔✔
<batch-end> --✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔ - ✔✔
<rotate-begin> --✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔ - ✔✔
<rotate-end> --✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔ - ✔✔
Element
TM-m10
TM-P20
TM-P60II (Receipt)
TM-P60II (Peeler)
TM-P80
TM-T20
TM-T20II
TM-T70
TM-T70II
<epos-print> ✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔
<response> ✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔
<text> ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔*
<feed> ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔✔* ✔* ✔ * ✔* ✔*
<image> ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔*
<logo> ✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔
<barcode> ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔*
<symbol> ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔*
<hline> ---------
<vline-begin> ---------
<vl
ine-end> ---------
<page> ✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔
<area> ✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔
<direction> ✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔
<position> ✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔
<line> - ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔*----
<rectangle> - ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔*----
<cut> ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔*
<pulse> ✔ ----✔✔✔✔
Element
TM-H6000V
TM-m30
TM-m30II
TM-m30II-H
TM-m30II-NT
TM-m30II-S
TM-m30II-SL
TM-m30III
TM-m30III-H
TM-m50
TM-T88VI
TM-T88VII
TM-L100

230
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - List of Supported Elements
Network Printer (2)
<sound> ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔ *-✔*
<command> ✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔
<layout> - ✔*-✔* ✔*----
<recovery> ✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔
<reset> ✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔
<batch-begin> ---------
<batch-end> ---------
<rotate-begin> ---------
<rotate-end> ---------
Element
TM-T82II
TM-T83II
TM-T88IV
TM-T88V
TM-T90
TM-L90
TM-U220
TM-H6000IV
<epos-print> ✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔
<response> ✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔
<text> ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔*
<feed> ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔✔* ✔*
<image> ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔*
<logo> ✔✔✔✔✔✔ - ✔
<barcode> ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔*
<symbol> ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔*-✔*
<hline> --------
<vline-begin> --------
<vline-end> --------
<page> ✔✔✔✔✔✔ - ✔
<area> ✔✔✔✔✔✔ - ✔
<d
irection> ✔✔✔✔✔✔ - ✔
<position> ✔✔✔✔✔✔ - ✔
<line> --------
<rectangle> --------
<cut> ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔*
Element
TM-m10
TM-P20
TM-P60II (Receipt)
TM-P60II (Peeler)
TM-P80
TM-T20
TM-T20II
TM-T70
TM-T70II

231
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - List of Supported Elements
<pulse> ✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔
<sound> ✔* ✔*-✔*----
<command> ✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔
<layout> --------
<recovery> ✔✔✔✔✔✔ - ✔
<reset> ✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔
<batch-begin> --------
<batch-end> --------
<rotate-begin> --------
<rotate-end> --------
Element
TM-T82II
TM-T83II
TM-T88IV
TM-T88V
TM-T90
TM-L90
TM-U220
TM-H6000IV

232
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - List of Supported Elements
CustomerDisplayControl XML
Supported printers (1)
Supported printers (2)
Element
TM-T20II-i
TM-T70-i
TM-T82II-i
TM-T83II-i
TM-T88V-i
TM-T88VI-iHUB
TM-U220-i
TM-T70II-DT
TM-T70II-DT2
TM-T88V-DT
TM-T88VI-DT2
TM-H6000IV-DT
<epos-display> ✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔
<response> ✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔
<window> ✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔
<screen> --------✔ - ✔ -
<textarea> --------✔ - ✔ -
<cursor> ✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔
<text> ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔*
<marquee> ✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔
<blink> ✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔
<brightness> ✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔
<backgroundcolor> --------✔ - ✔ -
<slideshow> --------✔ - ✔ -
<downloadimage> --------✔ - ✔ -
<registerdownloadimage> --------✔ - ✔ -
<nvimage> --------✔ - ✔ -
<clearimage> --------✔ - ✔ -
<symbol> --------✔ - ✔ -
<clearsymbol> --------✔ - ✔ -
<clock> ✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔
<clear> ✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔
<r
eset> ✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔
<command> ✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔
Element
TM-H6000V
TM-m30
TM-m30II
TM-m30II-H
TM-m30II-NT
TM-m30II-S
TM-m30II-SL
TM-m30III
TM-m30III-H
TM-m50
TM-T88VI
TM-T88VII
TM-L100
<epos-display> ✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔
<response> ✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔

233
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - List of Supported Elements
Network Printer (1)
<window> ✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔
<screen> ---✔✔✔✔✔✔ --✔✔
<textarea> ---✔✔✔✔✔✔ --✔✔
<cursor> ✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔
<text> ✔* ✔* ✔* ✔✔✔✔✔✔✔* ✔* ✔✔
<marquee> ✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔
<blink> ✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔
<brightness> ✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔
<backgroundcolor> ---✔✔✔✔✔✔ --✔✔
<slideshow> ---✔✔✔✔✔✔ --✔✔
<downloadimage> ---✔✔✔✔✔✔ --✔✔
<registerdownloadimage> ---✔✔✔✔✔✔ --✔✔
<nvimage> ---✔✔✔✔✔✔ --✔✔
<clearimage> ---✔✔✔✔✔✔ --✔✔
<symbol> ---✔✔✔✔✔✔ --✔✔
<clearsymbol> ---✔✔✔✔✔✔ --✔✔
<clock> ----------✔✔ -
<clear> ✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔
<reset> ✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔
<command> ✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔✔
Element
TM-m10
TM-P20
TM-P60II (Receipt)
TM-P60II (Peeler)
TM-P80
TM-T20
TM-T20II
TM-T70
TM-T70II
<epos-display> ---------
<response> ---------
<window> ---------
<screen> ---------
<textarea> ---------
<cursor> ---------
<text> ---------
Element
TM-H6000V
TM-m30
TM-m30II
TM-m30II-H
TM-m30II-NT
TM-m30II-S
TM-m30II-SL
TM-m30III
TM-m30III-H
TM-m50
TM-T88VI
TM-T88VII
TM-L100

234
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - List of Supported Elements
Network Printer (2)
<marquee> ---------
<blink> ---------
<brightness> ---------
<backgroundcolor> ---------
<slideshow> ---------
<downloadimage> ---------
<registerdownloadimage> ---------
<nvimage> ---------
<clearimage> ---------
<symbol> ---------
<clearsymbol> ---------
<clock> ---------
<clear> ---------
<reset> ---------
<command> ---------
Element
TM-T82II
TM-T83II
TM-T88IV
TM-T88V
TM-T90
TM-L90
TM-U220
TM-H6000IV
<epos-display> --------
<response> --------
<window> --------
<screen> --------
<textarea> --------
<cursor> --------
<text> --------
<marquee> --------
<blink> --------
<brightness> --------
<backgroundcolor> --------
<slideshow> --------
Element
TM-m10
TM-P20
TM-P60II (Receipt)
TM-P60II (Peeler)
TM-P80
TM-T20
TM-T20II
TM-T70
TM-T70II

235
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - List of Supported Elements
<downloadimage> --------
<registerdownloadimage> --------
<nvimage> --------
<clearimage> --------
<symbol> --------
<clearsymbol> --------
<clock> --------
<clear> --------
<reset> --------
<command> --------
Element
TM-T82II
TM-T83II
TM-T88IV
TM-T88V
TM-T90
TM-L90
TM-U220
TM-H6000IV

236
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
Printer-specific Support Information
TM-T20II-i
Printer Specifications
Elements for which restricted parameter setting values can be specified
PrinterControl XML
• <text>
Item 58mm Specification 80mm Specification
Amount of initial feed 30 dots
Initial page mode area 420 x 831 dots 576 x 831 dots
Maximum page mode area 420 x 1662 dots 576 x 1662 dots
Baseline of Font A 21 dots from the top of the character
Baseline of Font B 16 dots from the top of the character
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
lang
• “en”
• “de”
• “fr”
• “it”
• “es”
font
• “font_a”
• “font_b”
smooth
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
dw
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
dh
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
width • “1” to “8”
height • “1” to “8”
reverse
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
ul
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”

237
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <feed>
• <image>
em
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
color • “color_1”
x • “0” to “65535”
y • “0” to “65535”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
linespc • “0” to “255”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
unit • “0” to “255”
line • “0” to “255”
linespc • “0” to “255”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
width • “0” to “65535”
height • “0” to “65535”
color • “color_1”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
mode • “mono”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value

238
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <barcode>
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “upc_a”
• “upc_e”
• “ean13”
• “jan13”
• “ean8”
• “jan8”
• “code39”
• “itf”
• “codabar”
• “code93”
• “code128”
• “gs1_128”
• “gs1_databar_omnidirectional”
• “gs1_databar_truncated”
• “gs1_databar_limited”
• “gs1_databar_expanded”
hri
• “none”
• “above”
• “below”
• “both”
font
• “font_a”
• “font_b”
width • “2” to “6”
height • “1” to “255”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”

239
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <symbol>
• <cut>
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “pdf417_standard”
• “pdf417_truncated”
• “qrcode_model_1”
• “qrcode_model_2”
• “maxicode_mode_2”
• “maxicode_mode_3”
• “maxicode_mode_4”
• “maxicode_mode_5”
• “maxicode_mode_6”
• “gs1_databar_stacked”
• “gs1_databar_stacked_omnidirectional”
• “gs1_databar_expanded_stacked”
level
• “level_0”
• "level_1" (default value)
• “level_2”
• “level_3”
• “level_4”
• “level_5”
• “level_6”
• “level_7”
• “level_8”
• “level_l”
• “level_m”
• “level_q”
• “level_h”
• “default”
width -
height -
size -
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “no_feed”
• “feed”

240
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <sound>
CustomerDisplayControl XML
• <text>
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
pattern
• “none”
• “pattern_a”
• “pattern_b”
• “pattern_c”
• “pattern_d”
• “pattern_e”
• “error”
• “paper_end”
repeat
• “0”
• “1” to “255”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
x • “1” to “44”
y • “1” to “19”
reverse
• “true” / “1”
• “false” / “0”
lang
• “en”
• “ja”

241
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
TM-T70-i
Printer Specifications
Elements for which restricted parameter setting values can be specified
PrinterControl XML
• <text>
Item 58mm Specification 80mm Specification
Amount of initial feed 30 dots
Initial page mode area
ANK model 416 x 1662 dots 512 x 831 dots
Multiple lan-
guages model
416 x 1662 dots 576 x 1662 dots
Maximum page mode area
ANK model 416 x 1662 dots 512 x 1662 dots
Multiple lan-
guages model
416 x 1662 dots 576 x 1662 dots
Baseline of Font A 21 dots from the top of the character
Baseline of Font B 16 dots from the top of the character
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
lang
• “en”
• “de”
• “fr”
• “it”
• “es”
• “ko”
• “ko-kr”
• “zh-hans”
• “zh-cn”
• “zh-hant”
• “zh-tw”
font
• “font_a”
• “font_b”
smooth
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
dw
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
dh
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
width • “1” to “8”

242
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <feed>
• <image>
height • “1” to “8”
reverse
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
ul
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
em
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
color • “color_1”
x • “0” to “65535”
y • “0” to “65535”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
linespc • “0” to “255”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
unit • “0” to “255”
line • “0” to “255”
linespc • “0” to “255”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
width • “0” to “65535”
height • “0” to “65535”
color • “color_1”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
mode • “mono”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value

243
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <barcode>
• <symbol>
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “upc_a”
• “upc_e”
• “ean13”
• “jan13”
• “ean8”
• “jan8”
• “code39”
• “itf”
• “codabar”
• “code93”
• “code128”
hri
• “none”
• “above”
• “below”
• “both”
font
• “font_a”
• “font_b”
width • “2” to “6”
height • “1” to “255”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “pdf417_standard”
• “pdf417_truncated”
• “qrcode_model_1”
• “qrcode_model_2”

244
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <cut>
CustomerDisplayControl XML
• <text>
level
• “level_0”
• "level_1" (default value)
• “level_2”
• “level_3”
• “level_4”
• “level_5”
• “level_6”
• “level_7”
• “level_8”
• “level_l”
• “level_m”
• “level_q”
• “level_h”
• “default”
width -
height -
size -
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “no_feed”
• “feed”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
x • “1” to “44”
y • “1” to “19”
reverse
• “true” / “1”
• “false” / “0”
lang
• “en”
• “ja”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value

245
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
TM-T82II-i
Printer Specifications
Elements for which restricted parameter setting values can be specified
PrinterControl XML
• <text>
Item Specification
Amount of initial feed 30 dots
Initial page mode area 576 x 831 dots
Maximum page mode area 576 x 1662 dots
Baseline of Font A 21 dots from the top of the character
Baseline of Font B 16 dots from the top of the character
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
lang
• “en”
• “de”
• “fr”
• “it”
• “es”
• “zh-hans”
• “zh-cn”
• “zh-hant”
• “zh-tw”
• “th”
font
• “font_a”
• “font_b”
• “special_a”
• “special_b”
smooth
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
dw
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
dh
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
width • “1” to “8”
height • “1” to “8”

246
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <feed>
• <image>
reverse
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
ul
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
em
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
color • “color_1”
x • “0” to “65535”
y • “0” to “65535”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
linespc • “0” to “255”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
unit • “0” to “255”
line • “0” to “255”
linespc • “0” to “255”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
width • “0” to “65535”
height • “0” to “65535”
color • “color_1”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
mode • “mono”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value

247
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <barcode>
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “upc_a”
• “upc_e”
• “ean13”
• “jan13”
• “ean8”
• “jan8”
• “code39”
• “itf”
• “codabar”
• “code93”
• “code128”
• “gs1_128”
• “gs1_databar_omnidirectional”
• “gs1_databar_truncated”
• “gs1_databar_limited”
• “gs1_databar_expanded”
hri
• “none”
• “above”
• “below”
• “both”
font
• “font_a”
• “font_b”
width • “2” to “6”
height • “1” to “255”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”

248
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <symbol>
• <cut>
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “pdf417_standard”
• “pdf417_truncated”
• “qrcode_model_1”
• “qrcode_model_2”
• “maxicode_mode_2”
• “maxicode_mode_3”
• “maxicode_mode_4”
• “maxicode_mode_5”
• “maxicode_mode_6”
• “gs1_databar_stacked”
• “gs1_databar_stacked_omnidirectional”
• “gs1_databar_expanded_stacked”
level
• “level_0”
• "level_1" (default value)
• “level_2”
• “level_3”
• “level_4”
• “level_5”
• “level_6”
• “level_7”
• “level_8”
• “level_l”
• “level_m”
• “level_q”
• “level_h”
• “default”
width -
height -
size -
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “no_feed”
• “feed”

249
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <sound>
CustomerDisplayControl XML
• <text>
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
pattern
• “none”
• “pattern_a”
• “pattern_b”
• “pattern_c”
• “pattern_d”
• “pattern_e”
• “error”
• “paper_end”
repeat
• “0”
• “1” to “255”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
x • “1” to “44”
y • “1” to “19”
reverse
• “true” / “1”
• “false” / “0”
lang
• “en”
• “ja”

250
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
TM-T83II-i
Printer Specifications
Elements for which restricted parameter setting values can be specified
PrinterControl XML
• <text>
Item Specification
Amount of initial feed 30 dots
Initial page mode area 512 x 1662 dots
Maximum page mode area 512 x 1662 dots
Baseline of Font A 21 dots from the top of the character
Baseline of Font B
ANK 16 dots from the top of the character
Chinese characters 15 dots from the top of the character
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
lang
• “en”
• “de”
• “fr”
• “it”
• “es”
• “ko”
• “ko-kr”
font
• “font_a”
• “font_b”
smooth
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
dw
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
dh
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
width • “1” to “8”
height • “1” to “8”
reverse
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
ul
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”

251
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <feed>
• <image>
em
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
color • “color_1”
x • “0” to “65535”
y • “0” to “65535”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
linespc • “0” to “255”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
unit • “0” to “255”
line • “0” to “255”
linespc • “0” to “255”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
width • “0” to “65535”
height • “0” to “65535”
color • “color_1”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
mode • “mono”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value

252
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <barcode>
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “upc_a”
• “upc_e”
• “ean13”
• “jan13”
• “ean8”
• “jan8”
• “code39”
• “itf”
• “codabar”
• “code93”
• “code128”
• “gs1_128”
• “gs1_databar_omnidirectional”
• “gs1_databar_truncated”
• “gs1_databar_limited”
• “gs1_databar_expanded”
hri
• “none”
• “above”
• “below”
• “both”
font
• “font_a”
• “font_b”
width • “2” to “6”
height • “1” to “255”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”

253
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <symbol>
• <cut>
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “pdf417_standard”
• “pdf417_truncated”
• “qrcode_model_1”
• “qrcode_model_2”
• “maxicode_mode_2”
• “maxicode_mode_3”
• “maxicode_mode_4”
• “maxicode_mode_5”
• “maxicode_mode_6”
• “gs1_databar_stacked”
• “gs1_databar_stacked_omnidirectional”
• “gs1_databar_expanded_stacked”
level
• “level_0”
• "level_1" (default value)
• “level_2”
• “level_3”
• “level_4”
• “level_5”
• “level_6”
• “level_7”
• “level_8”
• “level_l”
• “level_m”
• “level_q”
• “level_h”
• “default”
width -
height -
size -
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “no_feed”
• “feed”

254
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <sound>
CustomerDisplayControl XML
• <text>
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
pattern
• “none”
• “pattern_a”
• “pattern_b”
• “pattern_c”
• “pattern_d”
• “pattern_e”
• “error”
• “paper_end”
repeat
• “0”
• “1” to “255”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
x • “1” to “44”
y • “1” to “19”
reverse
• “true” / “1”
• “false” / “0”
lang
• “en”
• “ja”

255
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
TM-T88V-i
Printer Specifications
Elements for which restricted parameter setting values can be specified
PrinterControl XML
• <text>
Item 58mm Specification 80mm Specification
Amount of initial feed 30 dots
Initial page mode area 360 x 831 dots 512 x 831 dots
Maximum page mode area 360 x 1662 dots 512 x 1662 dots
Baseline of Font A 21 dots from the top of the character
Baseline of Font B
ANK 16 dots from the top of the character
Chinese characters 15 dots from the top of the character
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
lang
• “en”
• “de”
• “fr”
• “it”
• “es”
• “ko”
• “ko-kr”
• “zh-hans”
• “zh-cn”
• “zh-hant”
• “zh-tw”
font
• “font_a”
• “font_b”
• “special_a”
• “special_b”
smooth
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
dw
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
dh
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
width • “1” to “8”

256
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <feed>
• <image>
height • “1” to “8”
reverse
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
ul
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
em
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
color • “color_1”
x • “0” to “65535”
y • “0” to “65535”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
linespc • “0” to “255”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
unit • “0” to “255”
line • “0” to “255”
linespc • “0” to “255”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
width • “0” to “65535”
height • “0” to “65535”
color • “color_1”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
mode
• “mono”
• “gray16”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value

257
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <barcode>
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “upc_a”
• “upc_e”
• “ean13”
• “jan13”
• “ean8”
• “jan8”
• “code39”
• “itf”
• “codabar”
• “code93”
• “code128”
• “gs1_128”
• “gs1_databar_omnidirectional”
• “gs1_databar_truncated”
• “gs1_databar_limited”
• “gs1_databar_expanded”
hri
• “none”
• “above”
• “below”
• “both”
font
• “font_a”
• “font_b”
width • “2” to “6”
height • “1” to “255”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”

258
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <symbol>
• <cut>
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “pdf417_standard”
• “pdf417_truncated”
• “qrcode_model_1”
• “qrcode_model_2”
• “maxicode_mode_2”
• “maxicode_mode_3”
• “maxicode_mode_4”
• “maxicode_mode_5”
• “maxicode_mode_6”
• “gs1_databar_stacked”
• “gs1_databar_stacked_omnidirectional”
• “gs1_databar_expanded_stacked”
level
• “level_0”
• "level_1" (default value)
• “level_2”
• “level_3”
• “level_4”
• “level_5”
• “level_6”
• “level_7”
• “level_8”
• “level_l”
• “level_m”
• “level_q”
• “level_h”
• “default”
width -
height -
size -
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “no_feed”
• “feed”

259
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <sound>
CustomerDisplayControl XML
• <text>
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
pattern
• “none”
• “pattern_a”
• “pattern_b”
• “pattern_c”
• “pattern_d”
• “pattern_e”
• “error”
• “paper_end”
repeat
• “0”
• “1” to “255”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
x • “1” to “44”
y • “1” to “19”
reverse
• “true” / “1”
• “false” / “0”
lang
• “en”
• “ja”

260
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
TM-T88VI-iHUB
Printer Specifications
Elements for which restricted parameter setting values can be specified
PrinterControl XML
• <text>
Item 58mm Specification 80mm Specification
Amount of initial feed 30 dots
Initial page mode area 360 x 831 dots 512 x 831 dots
Maximum page mode area 360 x 1662 dots 512 x 1662 dots
Baseline of Font A 21 dots from the top of the character
Baseline of Font B
ANK 16 dots from the top of the character
Chinese characters 15 dots from the top of the character
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
lang
• “en”
• “de”
• “fr”
• “it”
• “es”
• “ko”
• “ko-kr”
• “zh-hans”
• “zh-cn”
• “zh-hant”
• “zh-tw”
• “th”
font
• “font_a”
• “font_b”
• “special_a”
• “special_b”
smooth
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
dw
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
dh
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
width • “1” to “8”

261
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <feed>
• <image>
height • “1” to “8”
reverse
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
ul
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
em
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
color • “color_1”
x • “0” to “65535”
y • “0” to “65535”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
linespc • “0” to “255”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
unit • “0” to “255”
line • “0” to “255”
linespc • “0” to “255”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
width • “0” to “65535”
height • “0” to “65535”
color • “color_1”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
mode • “mono”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value

262
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <barcode>
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “upc_a”
• “upc_e”
• “ean13”
• “jan13”
• “ean8”
• “jan8”
• “code39”
• “itf”
• “codabar”
• “code93”
• “code128”
• “gs1_128”
• “gs1_databar_omnidirectional”
• “gs1_databar_truncated”
• “gs1_databar_limited”
• “gs1_databar_expanded”
hri
• “none”
• “above”
• “below”
• “both”
font
• “font_a”
• “font_b”
width • “2” to “6”
height • “1” to “255”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”

263
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <symbol>
• <line>
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “pdf417_standard”
• “pdf417_truncated”
• “qrcode_model_1”
• “qrcode_model_2”
• “maxicode_mode_2”
• “maxicode_mode_3”
• “maxicode_mode_4”
• “maxicode_mode_5”
• “maxicode_mode_6”
• “gs1_databar_stacked”
• “gs1_databar_stacked_omnidirectional”
• “gs1_databar_expanded_stacked”
level
• “level_0”
• "level_1" (default value)
• “level_2”
• “level_3”
• “level_4”
• “level_5”
• “level_6”
• “level_7”
• “level_8”
• “level_l”
• “level_m”
• “level_q”
• “level_h”
• “default”
width -
height -
size -
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
x1 • “0” to “65535”
y1 • “0” to “65535”

264
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <rectangle>
• <cut>
• <sound>
CustomerDisplayControl XML
• <text>
x2 • “0” to “65535”
y2 • “0” to “65535”
style
• “thin”
• “medium”
• “thick”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
x1 • “0” to “65535”
y1 • “0” to “65535”
x2 • “0” to “65535”
y2 • “0” to “65535”
style
• “thin”
• “medium”
• “thick”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “no_feed”
• “feed”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
pattern
• “none”
• “pattern_a”
• “pattern_b”
• “pattern_c”
• “pattern_d”
• “pattern_e”
• “error”
• “paper_end”
repeat • “1” to “255”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
x • “1” to “44”
y • “1” to “19”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value

265
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
reverse
• “true” / “1”
• “false” / “0”
lang
• “en”
• “ja”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value

266
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
TM-U220-i
Printer Specifications
Elements for which restricted parameter setting values can be specified
PrinterControl XML
• <text>
Item
76mm Specifi-
cation
69.5mm Speci-
fication
57.5mm Speci-
fication
Amount of initial feed 12 dots
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
lang
• “en”
• “de”
• “fr”
• “it”
• “es”
• “ko”
• “ko-kr”
• “zh-hans”
• “zh-cn”
• “zh-hant”
• “zh-tw”
font
• “font_a”
• “font_b”
smooth
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
dw
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
dh
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
width • “1” to “8”
height • “1” to “8”
ul
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
em
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
color
• “color_1”
• “color_2”

267
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <feed>
• <image>
• <barcode>
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
linespc • “0” to “255”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
unit • “0” to “255”
line • “0” to “255”
linespc • “0” to “255”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
width • “0” to “65535”
height • “0” to “65535”
color
• “color_1”
• “color_2”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
mode • “mono”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “upc_a”
• “upc_e”
• “ean13”
• “jan13”
• “ean8”
• “jan8”
• “code39”
• “itf”
• “codabar”
• “code93”
• “code128”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value

268
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <cut>
CustomerDisplayControl XML
• <text>
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “no_feed”
• “feed”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
x • “1” to “44”
y • “1” to “19”
reverse
• “true” / “1”
• “false” / “0”
lang
• “en”
• “ja”

269
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
TM-T70II-DT
Printer Specifications
Elements for which restricted parameter setting values can be specified
PrinterControl XML
• <text>
Item 58mm Specification 80mm Specification
Amount of initial feed 30 dots
Initial page mode area
ANK model 416 x 1662 dots 512 x 1662 dots
Multiple lan-
guages model
416 x 1662 dots 576 x 1662 dots
Maximum page mode area
ANK model 416 x 1662 dots 512 x 1662 dots
Multiple lan-
guages model
416 x 1662 dots 576 x 1662 dots
Baseline of Font A 21 dots from the top of the character
Baseline of Font B 16 dots from the top of the character
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
lang
• “en”
• “de”
• “fr”
• “it”
• “es”
• “ko”
• “ko-kr”
• “zh-hans”
• “zh-cn”
• “zh-hant”
• “zh-tw”
font
• “font_a”
• “font_b”
smooth
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
dw
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
dh
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
width • “1” to “8”

270
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <feed>
• <image>
height • “1” to “8”
reverse
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
ul
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
em
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
color • “color_1”
x • “0” to “65535”
y • “0” to “65535”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
linespc • “0” to “255”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
unit • “0” to “255”
line • “0” to “255”
linespc • “0” to “255”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
width • “0” to “65535”
height • “0” to “65535”
color • “color_1”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
mode
• “mono”
• “gray16”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value

271
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <barcode>
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “upc_a”
• “upc_e”
• “ean13”
• “jan13”
• “ean8”
• “jan8”
• “code39”
• “itf”
• “codabar”
• “code93”
• “code128”
• “gs1_128”
• “gs1_databar_omnidirectional”
• “gs1_databar_truncated”
• “gs1_databar_limited”
• “gs1_databar_expanded”
hri
• “none”
• “above”
• “below”
• “both”
font
• “font_a”
• “font_b”
width • “2” to “6”
height • “1” to “255”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”

272
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <symbol>
• <cut>
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “pdf417_standard”
• “pdf417_truncated”
• “qrcode_model_1”
• “qrcode_model_2”
• “maxicode_mode_2”
• “maxicode_mode_3”
• “maxicode_mode_4”
• “maxicode_mode_5”
• “maxicode_mode_6”
• “gs1_databar_stacked”
• “gs1_databar_stacked_omnidirectional”
• “gs1_databar_expanded_stacked”
level
• “level_0”
• "level_1" (default value)
• “level_2”
• “level_3”
• “level_4”
• “level_5”
• “level_6”
• “level_7”
• “level_8”
• “level_l”
• “level_m”
• “level_q”
• “level_h”
• “default”
width -
height -
size -
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “no_feed”
• “feed”

273
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <sound>
CustomerDisplayControl XML
• <text>
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
pattern
• “none”
• “pattern_a”
• “pattern_b”
• “pattern_c”
• “pattern_d”
• “pattern_e”
• “error”
• “paper_end”
repeat
• “0”
• “1” to “255”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
x • “1” to “44”
y • “1” to “19”
reverse
• “true” / “1”
• “false” / “0”
lang
• “en”
• “ja”

274
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
TM-T70II-DT2
Printer Specifications
Elements for which restricted parameter setting values can be specified
PrinterControl XML
• <text>
Item 58mm Specification 80mm Specification
Amount of initial feed 30 dots
Initial page mode area
ANK model 416 x 1662 dots 512 x 1662 dots
Multiple lan-
guages model
416 x 1662 dots 576 x 1662 dots
Maximum page mode area
ANK model 416 x 1662 dots 512 x 1662 dots
Multiple lan-
guages model
416 x 1662 dots 576 x 1662 dots
Baseline of Font A 21 dots from the top of the character
Baseline of Font B 16 dots from the top of the character
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
lang
• “en”
• “de”
• “fr”
• “it”
• “es”
• “ko”
• “ko-kr”
• “zh-hans”
• “zh-cn”
• “zh-hant”
• “zh-tw”
font
• “font_a”
• “font_b”
smooth
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
dw
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
dh
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
width • “1” to “8”

275
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <feed>
• <image>
height • “1” to “8”
reverse
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
ul
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
em
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
color • “color_1”
x • “0” to “65535”
y • “0” to “65535”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
linespc • “0” to “255”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
unit • “0” to “255”
line • “0” to “255”
linespc • “0” to “255”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
width • “0” to “65535”
height • “0” to “65535”
color • “color_1”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
mode
• “mono”
• “gray16”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value

276
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <barcode>
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “upc_a”
• “upc_e”
• “ean13”
• “jan13”
• “ean8”
• “jan8”
• “code39”
• “itf”
• “codabar”
• “code93”
• “code128”
• “gs1_128”
• “gs1_databar_omnidirectional”
• “gs1_databar_truncated”
• “gs1_databar_limited”
• “gs1_databar_expanded”
hri
• “none”
• “above”
• “below”
• “both”
font
• “font_a”
• “font_b”
width • “2” to “6”
height • “1” to “255”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”

277
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <symbol>
• <cut>
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “pdf417_standard”
• “pdf417_truncated”
• “qrcode_model_1”
• “qrcode_model_2”
• “maxicode_mode_2”
• “maxicode_mode_3”
• “maxicode_mode_4”
• “maxicode_mode_5”
• “maxicode_mode_6”
• “gs1_databar_stacked”
• “gs1_databar_stacked_omnidirectional”
• “gs1_databar_expanded_stacked”
level
• “level_0”
• "level_1" (default value)
• “level_2”
• “level_3”
• “level_4”
• “level_5”
• “level_6”
• “level_7”
• “level_8”
• “level_l”
• “level_m”
• “level_q”
• “level_h”
• “default”
width -
height -
size -
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “no_feed”
• “feed”

278
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <sound>
CustomerDisplayControl XML
• <text>
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
pattern
• “none”
• “pattern_a”
• “pattern_b”
• “pattern_c”
• “pattern_d”
• “pattern_e”
• “error”
• “paper_end”
repeat
• “0”
• “1” to “255”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
x • “1” to “44”
y • “1” to “19”
reverse
• “true” / “1”
• “false” / “0”
lang
• “en”
• “ja”
color • “#000000” to “#FFFFFF”

279
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
TM-T88V-DT
Printer Specifications
Elements for which restricted parameter setting values can be specified
PrinterControl XML
• <text>
Item 58mm Specification 80mm Specification
Amount of initial feed 30 dots
Initial page mode area 360 x 831 dots 512 x 831 dots
Maximum page mode area 360 x 1662 dots 512 x 1662 dots
Baseline of Font A 21 dots from the top of the character
Baseline of Font B
ANK 16 dots from the top of the character
Chinese characters 15 dots from the top of the character
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
lang
• “en”
• “de”
• “fr”
• “it”
• “es”
• “ko”
• “ko-kr”
• “zh-hans”
• “zh-cn”
• “zh-hant”
• “zh-tw”
• “th”
font
• “font_a”
• “font_b”
• “special_a”
• “special_b”
smooth
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
dw
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
dh
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
width • “1” to “8”

280
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <feed>
• <image>
height • “1” to “8”
reverse
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
ul
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
em
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
color • “color_1”
x • “0” to “65535”
y • “0” to “65535”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
linespc • “0” to “255”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
unit • “0” to “255”
line • “0” to “255”
linespc • “0” to “255”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
width • “0” to “65535”
height • “0” to “65535”
color • “color_1”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
mode
• “mono”
• “gray16”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value

281
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <barcode>
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “upc_a”
• “upc_e”
• “ean13”
• “jan13”
• “ean8”
• “jan8”
• “code39”
• “itf”
• “codabar”
• “code93”
• “code128”
• “gs1_128”
• “gs1_databar_omnidirectional”
• “gs1_databar_truncated”
• “gs1_databar_limited”
• “gs1_databar_expanded”
hri
• “none”
• “above”
• “below”
• “both”
font
• “font_a”
• “font_b”
width • “2” to “6”
height • “1” to “255”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”

282
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <symbol>
• <cut>
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “pdf417_standard”
• “pdf417_truncated”
• “qrcode_model_1”
• “qrcode_model_2”
• “maxicode_mode_2”
• “maxicode_mode_3”
• “maxicode_mode_4”
• “maxicode_mode_5”
• “maxicode_mode_6”
• “gs1_databar_stacked”
• “gs1_databar_stacked_omnidirectional”
• “gs1_databar_expanded_stacked”
level
• “level_0”
• "level_1" (default value)
• “level_2”
• “level_3”
• “level_4”
• “level_5”
• “level_6”
• “level_7”
• “level_8”
• “level_l”
• “level_m”
• “level_q”
• “level_h”
• “default”
width -
height -
size -
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “no_feed”
• “feed”

283
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <sound>
CustomerDisplayControl XML
• <text>
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
pattern
• “none”
• “pattern_a”
• “pattern_b”
• “pattern_c”
• “pattern_d”
• “pattern_e”
• “error”
• “paper_end”
repeat
• “0”
• “1” to “255”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
x • “1” to “44”
y • “1” to “19”
reverse
• “true” / “1”
• “false” / “0”
lang
• “en”
• “ja”

284
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
TM-T88VI-DT2
Printer Specifications
Elements for which restricted parameter setting values can be specified
PrinterControl XML
• <text>
Item 58mm Specification 80mm Specification
Amount of initial feed 30 dots
Initial page mode area 360 x 831 dots 512 x 831 dots
Maximum page mode area 360 x 1662 dots 512 x 1662 dots
Baseline of Font A 21 dots from the top of the character
Baseline of Font B
ANK 16 dots from the top of the character
Chinese characters 15 dots from the top of the character
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
lang
• “en”
• “de”
• “fr”
• “it”
• “es”
• “ko”
• “ko-kr”
• “zh-hans”
• “zh-cn”
• “zh-hant”
• “zh-tw”
• “th”
font
• “font_a”
• “font_b”
• “special_a”
• “special_b”
smooth
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
dw
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
dh
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
width • “1” to “8”

285
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <feed>
• <image>
height • “1” to “8”
reverse
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
ul
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
em
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
color • “color_1”
x • “0” to “65535”
y • “0” to “65535”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
linespc • “0” to “255”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
unit • “0” to “255”
line • “0” to “255”
linespc • “0” to “255”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
width • “0” to “65535”
height • “0” to “65535”
color • “color_1”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
mode
• “mono”
• “gray16”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value

286
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <barcode>
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “upc_a”
• “upc_e”
• “ean13”
• “jan13”
• “ean8”
• “jan8”
• “code39”
• “itf”
• “codabar”
• “code93”
• “code128”
• “gs1_128”
• “gs1_databar_omnidirectional”
• “gs1_databar_truncated”
• “gs1_databar_limited”
• “gs1_databar_expanded”
hri
• “none”
• “above”
• “below”
• “both”
font
• “font_a”
• “font_b”
width • “2” to “6”
height • “1” to “255”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”

287
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <symbol>
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “pdf417_standard”
• “pdf417_truncated”
• “qrcode_model_1”
• “qrcode_model_2”
• “maxicode_mode_2”
• “maxicode_mode_3”
• “maxicode_mode_4”
• “maxicode_mode_5”
• “maxicode_mode_6”
• “gs1_databar_stacked”
• “gs1_databar_stacked_omnidirectional”
• “gs1_databar_expanded_stacked”
• “azteccode_fullrange”
• “azteccode_compact”
• “datamatrix_square”
• “datamatrix_rectangle_8”
• “datamatrix_rectangle_12”
• “datamatrix_rectangle_16”
level
• “level_0”
• "level_1" (default value)
• “level_2”
• “level_3”
• “level_4”
• “level_5”
• “level_6”
• “level_7”
• “level_8”
• “level_l”
• “level_m”
• “level_q”
• “level_h”
• “default”
width -
height -
size -
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”

288
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <cut>
• <sound>
CustomerDisplayControl XML
• <text>
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “no_feed”
• “feed”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
pattern
• “none”
• “pattern_a”
• “pattern_b”
• “pattern_c”
• “pattern_d”
• “pattern_e”
• “error”
• “paper_end”
repeat
• “0”
• “1” to “255”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
x • “1” to “44”
y • “1” to “19”
reverse
• “true” / “1”
• “false” / “0”
lang
• “en”
• “ja”
color • “#000000” to “#FFFFFF”

289
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
TM-H6000IV-DT
Printer Specifications
Elements for which restricted parameter setting values can be specified
PrinterControl XML
• <text>
Item 58mm Specification 80mm Specification
Amount of initial feed 30 dots
Initial page mode area 360 x 831 dots 512 x 831 dots
Maximum page mode area 360 x 1662 dots 512 x 1662 dots
Baseline of Font A 21 dots from the top of the character
Baseline of Font B 16 dots from the top of the character
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
lang
• “en”
• “de”
• “fr”
• “it”
• “es”
• “zh-hans”
• “zh-cn”
• “zh-hant”
• “zh-tw”
font
• “font_a”
• “font_b”
smooth
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
dw
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
dh
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
width • “1” to “8”
height • “1” to “8”
reverse
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
ul
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”

290
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <feed>
• <image>
em
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
color • “color_1”
x • “0” to “65535”
y • “0” to “65535”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
linespc • “0” to “255”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
unit • “0” to “255”
line • “0” to “255”
linespc • “0” to “255”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
width • “0” to “65535”
height • “0” to “65535”
color • “color_1”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
mode • “mono”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value

291
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <barcode>
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “upc_a”
• “upc_e”
• “ean13”
• “jan13”
• “ean8”
• “jan8”
• “code39”
• “itf”
• “codabar”
• “code93”
• “code128”
• “gs1_128”
• “gs1_databar_omnidirectional”
• “gs1_databar_truncated”
• “gs1_databar_limited”
• “gs1_databar_expanded”
hri
• “none”
• “above”
• “below”
• “both”
font
• “font_a”
• “font_b”
width • “2” to “6”
height • “1” to “255”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”

292
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <symbol>
• <cut>
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “pdf417_standard”
• “pdf417_truncated”
• “qrcode_model_1”
• “qrcode_model_2”
• “maxicode_mode_2”
• “maxicode_mode_3”
• “maxicode_mode_4”
• “maxicode_mode_5”
• “maxicode_mode_6”
• “gs1_databar_stacked”
• “gs1_databar_stacked_omnidirectional”
• “gs1_databar_expanded_stacked”
level
• “level_0”
• "level_1" (default value)
• “level_2”
• “level_3”
• “level_4”
• “level_5”
• “level_6”
• “level_7”
• “level_8”
• “level_l”
• “level_m”
• “level_q”
• “level_h”
• “default”
width -
height -
size -
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “no_feed”
• “feed”

293
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
CustomerDisplayControl XML
• <text>
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
x • “1” to “44”
y • “1” to “19”
reverse
• “true” / “1”
• “false” / “0”
lang
• “en”
• “ja”

294
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
TM-H6000V
Printer Specifications
Elements for which restricted parameter setting values can be specified
PrinterControl XML
• <text>
Item Receipt Slip
Valida-
tion
Endors
ement
Endors
ement
(40cpl)
Amount of initial feed 30 dots 24 dots 18 dots
Initial page mode area
512 x
1662
dots
540 x 1408 dots -
Maximum page mode area
512 x
2400
dots
540 x 1408 dots -
Baseline of Font A
21 dots
from the
top of
the char-
acter
9 dots from the top of the charac-
ter
7 dots
from the
top of
the char-
acter
Baseline of Font B
21 dots
from the
top of
the char-
acter
9 dots from the top of the charac-
ter
-
Baseline of Font C
18 dots
from the
top of
the char-
acter
-
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
lang
• “en”
• “de”
• “fr”
• “it”
• “es”
• “zh-hant”
• “zh-tw”

295
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <feed>
font
• “font_a”
• “font_b”
• “font_c”
• “special_a”
• “special_b”
smooth
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
dw
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
dh
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
width • “1” to “8”
height • “1” to “8”
reverse
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
ul
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
em
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
color • “color_1”
x • “0” to “65535”
y • “0” to “65535”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
linespc • “0” to “255”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
unit • “0” to “255”
line • “0” to “255”
linespc • “0” to “255”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value

296
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <image>
• <barcode>
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
width • “0” to “65535”
height • “0” to “65535”
color • “color_1”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
mode
• “mono”
• “gray16”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “upc_a”
• “upc_e”
• “ean13”
• “jan13”
• “ean8”
• “jan8”
• “code39”
• “itf”
• “codabar”
• “code93”
• “code128”
• “gs1_128”
• “gs1_databar_omnidirectional”
• “gs1_databar_truncated”
• “gs1_databar_limited”
• “gs1_databar_expanded”
hri
• “none”
• “above”
• “below”
• “both”
font
• “font_a”
• “font_b”
• “font_c”
width • “2” to “6”
height • “1” to “255”

297
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <symbol>
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “pdf417_standard”
• “pdf417_truncated”
• “qrcode_model_1”
• “qrcode_model_2”
• “maxicode_mode_2”
• “maxicode_mode_3”
• “maxicode_mode_4”
• “maxicode_mode_5”
• “maxicode_mode_6”
• “gs1_databar_stacked”
• “gs1_databar_stacked_omnidirectional”
• “gs1_databar_expanded_stacked”
• “azteccode_fullrange”
• “azteccode_compact”
• “datamatrix_square”
• “datamatrix_rectangle_8”
• “datamatrix_rectangle_12”
• “datamatrix_rectangle_16”
level
• “level_0”
• "level_1" (default value)
• “level_2”
• “level_3”
• “level_4”
• “level_5”
• “level_6”
• “level_7”
• “level_8”
• “level_l”
• “level_m”
• “level_q”
• “level_h”
• Integer (5 to 95)
• “default”
width -
Attribute Specificable Setting Value

298
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <line>
• <rectangle>
• <cut>
CustomerDisplayControl XML
• <text>
height -
size -
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
x1 • “0” to “65535”
y1 • “0” to “65535”
x2 • “0” to “65535”
y2 • “0” to “65535”
style
• “thin”
• “medium”
• “thick”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
x1 • “0” to “65535”
y1 • “0” to “65535”
x2 • “0” to “65535”
y2 • “0” to “65535”
style
• “thin”
• “medium”
• “thick”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “no_feed”
• “feed”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
x • “1” to “44”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value

299
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
y • “1” to “19”
reverse
• “true” / “1”
• “false” / “0”
lang
• “en”
• “ja”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value

300
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
TM-m30
Printer Specifications
Elements for which restricted parameter setting values can be specified
PrinterControl XML
• <text>
Item 58mm Specification 80mm Specification
Amount of initial feed 30 dots
Initial page mode area 420 x 2400 dots 576 x 2400 dots
Maximum page mode area 420 x 2400 dots 576 x 2400 dots
Baseline of Font A 21 dots from the top of the character
Baseline of Font B 21 dots from the top of the character
Baseline of Font C 16 dots from the top of the character
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
lang
• “en”
• “de”
• “fr”
• “it”
• “es”
• “ko”
• “ko-kr”
• “zh-hans”
• “zh-cn”
• “zh-hant”
• “zh-tw”
• “th”
font
• “font_a”
• “font_b”
• “font_c”
• “special_a”
• “special_b”
smooth
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
dw
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
dh
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”

301
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <feed>
• <image>
width • “1” to “8”
height • “1” to “8”
reverse
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
ul
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
em
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
color • “color_1”
x • “0” to “65535”
y • “0” to “65535”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
linespc • “0” to “255”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
unit • “0” to “255”
line • “0” to “255”
linespc • “0” to “255”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
width • “0” to “65535”
height • “0” to “65535”
color • “color_1”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
mode • “mono”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value

302
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <barcode>
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “upc_a”
• “upc_e”
• “ean13”
• “jan13”
• “ean8”
• “jan8”
• “code39”
• “itf”
• “codabar”
• “code93”
• “code128”
• “gs1_128”
• “gs1_databar_omnidirectional”
• “gs1_databar_truncated”
• “gs1_databar_limited”
• “gs1_databar_expanded”
hri
• “none”
• “above”
• “below”
• “both”
font
• “font_a”
• “font_b”
• “font_c”
width • “2” to “6”
height • “1” to “255”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”

303
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <symbol>
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “pdf417_standard”
• “pdf417_truncated”
• “qrcode_model_1”
• “qrcode_model_2”
• “maxicode_mode_2”
• “maxicode_mode_3”
• “maxicode_mode_4”
• “maxicode_mode_5”
• “maxicode_mode_6”
• “gs1_databar_stacked”
• “gs1_databar_stacked_omnidirectional”
• “gs1_databar_expanded_stacked”
• “azteccode_fullrange”
• “azteccode_compact”
• “datamatrix_square”
• “datamatrix_rectangle_8”
• “datamatrix_rectangle_12”
• “datamatrix_rectangle_16”
level
• “level_0”
• "level_1" (default value)
• “level_2”
• “level_3”
• “level_4”
• “level_5”
• “level_6”
• “level_7”
• “level_8”
• “level_l”
• “level_m”
• “level_q”
• “level_h”
• Integer (5 to 95)
• “default”
width -
height -
size -
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”

304
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <cut>
• <sound>
CustomerDisplayControl XML
• <text>
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “no_feed”
• “feed”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
pattern
• “none”
• “pattern_a”
• “pattern_b”
• “pattern_c”
• “pattern_d”
• “pattern_e”
• “error”
• “paper_end”
repeat • “1” to “255”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
x • “1” to “44”
y • “1” to “19”
reverse
• “true” / “1”
• “false” / “0”
lang
• “en”
• “ja”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value

305
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
TM-m30II
Printer Specifications
Elements for which restricted parameter setting values can be specified
PrinterControl XML
• <text>
Item 58mm Specification 80mm Specification
Amount of initial feed 30 dots
Initial page mode area 420 x 4800 dots 576 x 4800 dots
Maximum page mode area 420 x 4800 dots 576 x 4800 dots
Baseline of Font A 21 dots from the top of the character
Baseline of Font B 21 dots from the top of the character
Baseline of Font C 16 dots from the top of the character
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
lang
• “en”
• “de”
• “fr”
• “it”
• “es”
• “ko”
• “ko-kr”
• “zh-hans”
• “zh-cn”
• “zh-hant”
• “zh-tw”
• “th”
• “mul”
font
• “font_a”
• “font_b”
• “font_c”
• “special_a”
• “special_b”
smooth
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
dw
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”

306
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <feed>
• <image>
dh
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
width • “1” to “8”
height • “1” to “8”
reverse
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
ul
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
em
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
color • “color_1”
x • “0” to “65535”
y • “0” to “65535”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
linespc • “0” to “255”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
unit • “0” to “255”
line • “0” to “255”
linespc • “0” to “255”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
width • “0” to “65535”
height • “0” to “65535”
color • “color_1”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
mode • “mono”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value

307
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <barcode>
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “upc_a”
• “upc_e”
• “ean13”
• “jan13”
• “ean8”
• “jan8”
• “code39”
• “itf”
• “codabar”
• “code93”
• “code128”
• “code128_auto”
• “gs1_128”
• “gs1_databar_omnidirectional”
• “gs1_databar_truncated”
• “gs1_databar_limited”
• “gs1_databar_expanded”
hri
• “none”
• “above”
• “below”
• “both”
font
• “font_a”
• “font_b”
• “font_c”
width • “2” to “6”
height • “1” to “255”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”

308
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <symbol>
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “pdf417_standard”
• “pdf417_truncated”
• “qrcode_model_1”
• “qrcode_model_2”
• “maxicode_mode_2”
• “maxicode_mode_3”
• “maxicode_mode_4”
• “maxicode_mode_5”
• “maxicode_mode_6”
• “gs1_databar_stacked”
• “gs1_databar_stacked_omnidirectional”
• “gs1_databar_expanded_stacked”
• “azteccode_fullrange”
• “azteccode_compact”
• “datamatrix_square”
• “datamatrix_rectangle_8”
• “datamatrix_rectangle_12”
• “datamatrix_rectangle_16”
level
• “level_0”
• "level_1" (default value)
• “level_2”
• “level_3”
• “level_4”
• “level_5”
• “level_6”
• “level_7”
• “level_8”
• “level_l”
• “level_m”
• “level_q”
• “level_h”
• Integer (5 to 95)
• “default”
width -
height -
size -
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”

309
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <cut>
• <sound>
CustomerDisplayControl XML
• <text>
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “no_feed”
• “feed”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
pattern
• “none”
• “pattern_a”
• “pattern_b”
• “pattern_c”
• “pattern_d”
• “pattern_e”
• “error”
• “paper_end”
repeat • “1” to “255”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
x • “1” to “44”
y • “1” to “19”
reverse
• “true” / “1”
• “false” / “0”
lang
• “en”
• “ja”
• “mul”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value

310
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
TM-m30II-H
Printer Specifications
Elements for which restricted parameter setting values can be specified
PrinterControl XML
• <text>
Item 58mm Specification 80mm Specification
Amount of initial feed 30 dots
Initial page mode area 420 x 4800 dots 576 x 4800 dots
Maximum page mode area 420 x 4800 dots 576 x 4800 dots
Baseline of Font A 21 dots from the top of the character
Baseline of Font B 21 dots from the top of the character
Baseline of Font C 16 dots from the top of the character
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
lang
• “en”
• “de”
• “fr”
• “it”
• “es”
• “ko”
• “ko-kr”
• “zh-hans”
• “zh-cn”
• “zh-hant”
• “zh-tw”
• “th”
• “mul”
font
• “font_a”
• “font_b”
• “font_c”
• “special_a”
• “special_b”
smooth
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
dw
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”

311
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <feed>
• <image>
dh
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
width • “1” to “8”
height • “1” to “8”
reverse
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
ul
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
em
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
color • “color_1”
x • “0” to “65535”
y • “0” to “65535”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
linespc • “0” to “255”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
unit • “0” to “255”
line • “0” to “255”
linespc • “0” to “255”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
width • “0” to “65535”
height • “0” to “65535”
color • “color_1”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
mode • “mono”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value

312
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <barcode>
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “upc_a”
• “upc_e”
• “ean13”
• “jan13”
• “ean8”
• “jan8”
• “code39”
• “itf”
• “codabar”
• “code93”
• “code128”
• “code128_auto”
• “gs1_128”
• “gs1_databar_omnidirectional”
• “gs1_databar_truncated”
• “gs1_databar_limited”
• “gs1_databar_expanded”
hri
• “none”
• “above”
• “below”
• “both”
font
• “font_a”
• “font_b”
• “font_c”
width • “2” to “6”
height • “1” to “255”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”

313
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <symbol>
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “pdf417_standard”
• “pdf417_truncated”
• “qrcode_model_1”
• “qrcode_model_2”
• “maxicode_mode_2”
• “maxicode_mode_3”
• “maxicode_mode_4”
• “maxicode_mode_5”
• “maxicode_mode_6”
• “gs1_databar_stacked”
• “gs1_databar_stacked_omnidirectional”
• “gs1_databar_expanded_stacked”
• “azteccode_fullrange”
• “azteccode_compact”
• “datamatrix_square”
• “datamatrix_rectangle_8”
• “datamatrix_rectangle_12”
• “datamatrix_rectangle_16”
level
• “level_0”
• "level_1" (default value)
• “level_2”
• “level_3”
• “level_4”
• “level_5”
• “level_6”
• “level_7”
• “level_8”
• “level_l”
• “level_m”
• “level_q”
• “level_h”
• Integer (5 to 95)
• “default”
width -
height -
size -
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”

314
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <cut>
• <sound>
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “no_feed”
• “feed”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
pattern
• “none”
• “pattern_a”
• “pattern_b”
• “pattern_c”
• “pattern_d”
• “pattern_e”
• “error”
• “paper_end”
repeat • “1” to “255”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value

315
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
TM-m30II-NT
Printer Specifications
Elements for which restricted parameter setting values can be specified
PrinterControl XML
• <text>
Item 58mm Specification 80mm Specification
Amount of initial feed 30 dots
Initial page mode area 420 x 4800 dots 576 x 4800 dots
Maximum page mode area 420 x 4800 dots 576 x 4800 dots
Baseline of Font A 21 dots from the top of the character
Baseline of Font B 21 dots from the top of the character
Baseline of Font C 16 dots from the top of the character
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
lang
• “en”
• “de”
• “fr”
• “it”
• “es”
• “ko”
• “ko-kr”
• “zh-hans”
• “zh-cn”
• “zh-hant”
• “zh-tw”
• “th”
• “mul”
font
• “font_a”
• “font_b”
• “font_c”
• “special_a”
• “special_b”
smooth
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
dw
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”

316
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <feed>
• <image>
dh
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
width • “1” to “8”
height • “1” to “8”
reverse
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
ul
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
em
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
color • “color_1”
x • “0” to “65535”
y • “0” to “65535”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
linespc • “0” to “255”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
unit • “0” to “255”
line • “0” to “255”
linespc • “0” to “255”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
width • “0” to “65535”
height • “0” to “65535”
color • “color_1”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
mode • “mono”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value

317
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <barcode>
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “upc_a”
• “upc_e”
• “ean13”
• “jan13”
• “ean8”
• “jan8”
• “code39”
• “itf”
• “codabar”
• “code93”
• “code128”
• “code128_auto”
• “gs1_128”
• “gs1_databar_omnidirectional”
• “gs1_databar_truncated”
• “gs1_databar_limited”
• “gs1_databar_expanded”
hri
• “none”
• “above”
• “below”
• “both”
font
• “font_a”
• “font_b”
• “font_c”
width • “2” to “6”
height • “1” to “255”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”

318
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <symbol>
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “pdf417_standard”
• “pdf417_truncated”
• “qrcode_model_1”
• “qrcode_model_2”
• “maxicode_mode_2”
• “maxicode_mode_3”
• “maxicode_mode_4”
• “maxicode_mode_5”
• “maxicode_mode_6”
• “gs1_databar_stacked”
• “gs1_databar_stacked_omnidirectional”
• “gs1_databar_expanded_stacked”
• “azteccode_fullrange”
• “azteccode_compact”
• “datamatrix_square”
• “datamatrix_rectangle_8”
• “datamatrix_rectangle_12”
• “datamatrix_rectangle_16”
level
• “level_0”
• "level_1" (default value)
• “level_2”
• “level_3”
• “level_4”
• “level_5”
• “level_6”
• “level_7”
• “level_8”
• “level_l”
• “level_m”
• “level_q”
• “level_h”
• Integer (5 to 95)
• “default”
width -
height -
size -
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”

319
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <cut>
• <sound>
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “no_feed”
• “feed”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
pattern
• “none”
• “pattern_a”
• “pattern_b”
• “pattern_c”
• “pattern_d”
• “pattern_e”
• “error”
• “paper_end”
repeat • “1” to “255”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value

320
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
TM-m30II-S
Printer Specifications
Elements for which restricted parameter setting values can be specified
PrinterControl XML
• <text>
Item 58mm Specification 80mm Specification
Amount of initial feed 30 dots
Initial page mode area 420 x 4800 dots 576 x 4800 dots
Maximum page mode area 420 x 4800 dots 576 x 4800 dots
Baseline of Font A 21 dots from the top of the character
Baseline of Font B 21 dots from the top of the character
Baseline of Font C 16 dots from the top of the character
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
lang
• “en”
• “de”
• “fr”
• “it”
• “es”
• “mul”
font
• “font_a”
• “font_b”
• “font_c”
• “special_a”
• “special_b”
smooth
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
dw
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
dh
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
width • “1” to “8”
height • “1” to “8”
reverse
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”

321
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <feed>
• <image>
ul
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
em
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
color • “color_1”
x • “0” to “65535”
y • “0” to “65535”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
linespc • “0” to “255”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
unit • “0” to “255”
line • “0” to “255”
linespc • “0” to “255”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
width • “0” to “65535”
height • “0” to “65535”
color • “color_1”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
mode • “mono”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value

322
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <barcode>
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “upc_a”
• “upc_e”
• “ean13”
• “jan13”
• “ean8”
• “jan8”
• “code39”
• “itf”
• “codabar”
• “code93”
• “code128”
• “code128_auto”
• “gs1_128”
• “gs1_databar_omnidirectional”
• “gs1_databar_truncated”
• “gs1_databar_limited”
• “gs1_databar_expanded”
hri
• “none”
• “above”
• “below”
• “both”
font
• “font_a”
• “font_b”
• “font_c”
width • “2” to “6”
height • “1” to “255”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”

323
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <symbol>
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “pdf417_standard”
• “pdf417_truncated”
• “qrcode_model_1”
• “qrcode_model_2”
• “maxicode_mode_2”
• “maxicode_mode_3”
• “maxicode_mode_4”
• “maxicode_mode_5”
• “maxicode_mode_6”
• “gs1_databar_stacked”
• “gs1_databar_stacked_omnidirectional”
• “gs1_databar_expanded_stacked”
• “azteccode_fullrange”
• “azteccode_compact”
• “datamatrix_square”
• “datamatrix_rectangle_8”
• “datamatrix_rectangle_12”
• “datamatrix_rectangle_16”
level
• “level_0”
• "level_1" (default value)
• “level_2”
• “level_3”
• “level_4”
• “level_5”
• “level_6”
• “level_7”
• “level_8”
• “level_l”
• “level_m”
• “level_q”
• “level_h”
• Integer (5 to 95)
• “default”
width -
height -
size -
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”

324
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <cut>
• <sound>
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “no_feed”
• “feed”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
pattern
• “none”
• “pattern_a”
• “pattern_b”
• “pattern_c”
• “pattern_d”
• “pattern_e”
• “error”
• “paper_end”
repeat • “1” to “255”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value

325
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
TM-m30II-SL
Printer Specifications
Elements for which restricted parameter setting values can be specified
PrinterControl XML
• <text>
Item 58mm Specification 80mm Specification
Amount of initial feed 30 dots
Initial page mode area 420 x 4800 dots 576 x 4800 dots
Maximum page mode area 420 x 4800 dots 576 x 4800 dots
Baseline of Font A 21 dots from the top of the character
Baseline of Font B 21 dots from the top of the character
Baseline of Font C 16 dots from the top of the character
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
lang
• “en”
• “de”
• “fr”
• “it”
• “es”
• “mul”
font
• “font_a”
• “font_b”
• “font_c”
• “special_a”
• “special_b”
smooth
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
dw
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
dh
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
width • “1” to “8”
height • “1” to “8”
reverse
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”

326
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <feed>
• <image>
ul
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
em
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
color • “color_1”
x • “0” to “65535”
y • “0” to “65535”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
linespc • “0” to “255”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
unit • “0” to “255”
line • “0” to “255”
linespc • “0” to “255”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
width • “0” to “65535”
height • “0” to “65535”
color • “color_1”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
mode • “mono”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value

327
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <barcode>
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “upc_a”
• “upc_e”
• “ean13”
• “jan13”
• “ean8”
• “jan8”
• “code39”
• “itf”
• “codabar”
• “code93”
• “code128”
• “code128_auto”
• “gs1_128”
• “gs1_databar_omnidirectional”
• “gs1_databar_truncated”
• “gs1_databar_limited”
• “gs1_databar_expanded”
hri
• “none”
• “above”
• “below”
• “both”
font
• “font_a”
• “font_b”
• “font_c”
width • “2” to “6”
height • “1” to “255”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”

328
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <symbol>
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “pdf417_standard”
• “pdf417_truncated”
• “qrcode_model_1”
• “qrcode_model_2”
• “maxicode_mode_2”
• “maxicode_mode_3”
• “maxicode_mode_4”
• “maxicode_mode_5”
• “maxicode_mode_6”
• “gs1_databar_stacked”
• “gs1_databar_stacked_omnidirectional”
• “gs1_databar_expanded_stacked”
• “azteccode_fullrange”
• “azteccode_compact”
• “datamatrix_square”
• “datamatrix_rectangle_8”
• “datamatrix_rectangle_12”
• “datamatrix_rectangle_16”
level
• “level_0”
• "level_1" (default value)
• “level_2”
• “level_3”
• “level_4”
• “level_5”
• “level_6”
• “level_7”
• “level_8”
• “level_l”
• “level_m”
• “level_q”
• “level_h”
• Integer (5 to 95)
• “default”
width -
height -
size -
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”

329
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <cut>
• <sound>
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “no_feed”
• “feed”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
pattern
• “none”
• “pattern_a”
• “pattern_b”
• “pattern_c”
• “pattern_d”
• “pattern_e”
• “error”
• “paper_end”
repeat • “1” to “255”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value

330
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
TM-m30III
Printer Specifications
Elements for which restricted parameter setting values can be specified
PrinterControl XML
• <text>
Item 58mm Specification 80mm Specification
Amount of initial feed 30 dots
Initial page mode area 420 x 4800 dots 576 x 4800 dots
Maximum page mode area 420 x 4800 dots 576 x 4800 dots
Baseline of Font A 21 dots from the top of the character
Baseline of Font B 21 dots from the top of the character
Baseline of Font C 16 dots from the top of the character
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
lang
• “en”
• “de”
• “fr”
• “it”
• “es”
• “ko”
• “ko-kr”
• “zh-hans”
• “zh-cn”
• “zh-hant”
• “zh-tw”
• “th”
• “mul”
font
• “font_a”
• “font_b”
• “font_c”
• “special_a”
• “special_b”
smooth
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
dw
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”

331
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <feed>
• <image>
dh
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
width • “1” to “8”
height • “1” to “8”
reverse
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
ul
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
em
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
color • “color_1”
x • “0” to “65535”
y • “0” to “65535”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
linespc • “0” to “255”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
unit • “0” to “255”
line • “0” to “255”
linespc • “0” to “255”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
width • “0” to “65535”
height • “0” to “65535”
color • “color_1”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
mode • “mono”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value

332
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <barcode>
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “upc_a”
• “upc_e”
• “ean13”
• “jan13”
• “ean8”
• “jan8”
• “code39”
• “itf”
• “codabar”
• “code93”
• “code128”
• “code128_auto”
• “gs1_128”
• “gs1_databar_omnidirectional”
• “gs1_databar_truncated”
• “gs1_databar_limited”
• “gs1_databar_expanded”
hri
• “none”
• “above”
• “below”
• “both”
font
• “font_a”
• “font_b”
• “font_c”
width • “2” to “6”
height • “1” to “255”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”

333
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <symbol>
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “pdf417_standard”
• “pdf417_truncated”
• “qrcode_model_1”
• “qrcode_model_2”
• “maxicode_mode_2”
• “maxicode_mode_3”
• “maxicode_mode_4”
• “maxicode_mode_5”
• “maxicode_mode_6”
• “gs1_databar_stacked”
• “gs1_databar_stacked_omnidirectional”
• “gs1_databar_expanded_stacked”
• “azteccode_fullrange”
• “azteccode_compact”
• “datamatrix_square”
• “datamatrix_rectangle_8”
• “datamatrix_rectangle_12”
• “datamatrix_rectangle_16”
level
• “level_0”
• "level_1" (default value)
• “level_2”
• “level_3”
• “level_4”
• “level_5”
• “level_6”
• “level_7”
• “level_8”
• “level_l”
• “level_m”
• “level_q”
• “level_h”
• Integer (5 to 95)
• “default”
width -
height -
size -
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”

334
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <sound>
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
pattern
• “none”
• “pattern_a”
• “pattern_b”
• “pattern_c”
• “pattern_d”
• “pattern_e”
• “error”
• “paper_end”
repeat • “1” to “255”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value

335
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
TM-m30III-H
Printer Specifications
Elements for which restricted parameter setting values can be specified
PrinterControl XML
• <text>
Item 58mm Specification 80mm Specification
Amount of initial feed 30 dots
Initial page mode area 420 x 4800 dots 576 x 4800 dots
Maximum page mode area 420 x 4800 dots 576 x 4800 dots
Baseline of Font A 21 dots from the top of the character
Baseline of Font B 21 dots from the top of the character
Baseline of Font C 16 dots from the top of the character
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
lang
• “en”
• “de”
• “fr”
• “it”
• “es”
• “ko”
• “ko-kr”
• “zh-hans”
• “zh-cn”
• “zh-hant”
• “zh-tw”
• “th”
• “mul”
font
• “font_a”
• “font_b”
• “font_c”
• “special_a”
• “special_b”
smooth
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
dw
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”

336
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <feed>
• <image>
dh
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
width • “1” to “8”
height • “1” to “8”
reverse
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
ul
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
em
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
color • “color_1”
x • “0” to “65535”
y • “0” to “65535”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
linespc • “0” to “255”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
unit • “0” to “255”
line • “0” to “255”
linespc • “0” to “255”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
width • “0” to “65535”
height • “0” to “65535”
color • “color_1”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
mode • “mono”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value

337
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <barcode>
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “upc_a”
• “upc_e”
• “ean13”
• “jan13”
• “ean8”
• “jan8”
• “code39”
• “itf”
• “codabar”
• “code93”
• “code128”
• “code128_auto”
• “gs1_128”
• “gs1_databar_omnidirectional”
• “gs1_databar_truncated”
• “gs1_databar_limited”
• “gs1_databar_expanded”
hri
• “none”
• “above”
• “below”
• “both”
font
• “font_a”
• “font_b”
• “font_c”
width • “2” to “6”
height • “1” to “255”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”

338
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <symbol>
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “pdf417_standard”
• “pdf417_truncated”
• “qrcode_model_1”
• “qrcode_model_2”
• “maxicode_mode_2”
• “maxicode_mode_3”
• “maxicode_mode_4”
• “maxicode_mode_5”
• “maxicode_mode_6”
• “gs1_databar_stacked”
• “gs1_databar_stacked_omnidirectional”
• “gs1_databar_expanded_stacked”
• “azteccode_fullrange”
• “azteccode_compact”
• “datamatrix_square”
• “datamatrix_rectangle_8”
• “datamatrix_rectangle_12”
• “datamatrix_rectangle_16”
level
• “level_0”
• "level_1" (default value)
• “level_2”
• “level_3”
• “level_4”
• “level_5”
• “level_6”
• “level_7”
• “level_8”
• “level_l”
• “level_m”
• “level_q”
• “level_h”
• Integer (5 to 95)
• “default”
width -
height -
size -
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”

339
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <sound>
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
pattern
• “none”
• “pattern_a”
• “pattern_b”
• “pattern_c”
• “pattern_d”
• “pattern_e”
• “error”
• “paper_end”
repeat • “1” to “255”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value

340
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
TM-m50
Printer Specifications
Elements for which restricted parameter setting values can be specified
PrinterControl XML
• <text>
Item 58mm Specification 80mm Specification
Amount of initial feed 30 dots
Initial page mode area 360 x 4800 dots 512 x 4800 dots
Maximum page mode area 360 x 4800 dots 512 x 4800 dots
Baseline of Font A 21 dots from the top of the character
Baseline of Font B 16 dots from the top of the character
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
lang
• “en”
• “de”
• “fr”
• “it”
• “es”
• “ko”
• “ko-kr”
• “zh-hans”
• “zh-cn”
• “zh-hant”
• “zh-tw”
• “th”
• “mul”
font
• “font_a”
• “font_b”
• “special_a”
• “special_b”
smooth
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
dw
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
dh
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
width • “1” to “8”

341
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <feed>
• <image>
height • “1” to “8”
reverse
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
ul
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
em
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
color • “color_1”
x • “0” to “65535”
y • “0” to “65535”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
linespc • “0” to “255”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
unit • “0” to “255”
line • “0” to “255”
linespc • “0” to “255”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
width • “0” to “65535”
height • “0” to “65535”
color • “color_1”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
mode • “mono”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value

342
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <barcode>
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “upc_a”
• “upc_e”
• “ean13”
• “jan13”
• “ean8”
• “jan8”
• “code39”
• “itf”
• “codabar”
• “code93”
• “code128”
• “code128_auto”
• “gs1_128”
• “gs1_databar_omnidirectional”
• “gs1_databar_truncated”
• “gs1_databar_limited”
• “gs1_databar_expanded”
hri
• “none”
• “above”
• “below”
• “both”
font
• “font_a”
• “font_b”
width • “2” to “6”
height • “1” to “255”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”

343
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <symbol>
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “pdf417_standard”
• “pdf417_truncated”
• “qrcode_model_1”
• “qrcode_model_2”
• “maxicode_mode_2”
• “maxicode_mode_3”
• “maxicode_mode_4”
• “maxicode_mode_5”
• “maxicode_mode_6”
• “gs1_databar_stacked”
• “gs1_databar_stacked_omnidirectional”
• “gs1_databar_expanded_stacked”
• “azteccode_fullrange”
• “azteccode_compact”
• “datamatrix_square”
• “datamatrix_rectangle_8”
• “datamatrix_rectangle_12”
• “datamatrix_rectangle_16”
level
• “level_0”
• "level_1" (default value)
• “level_2”
• “level_3”
• “level_4”
• “level_5”
• “level_6”
• “level_7”
• “level_8”
• “level_l”
• “level_m”
• “level_q”
• “level_h”
• Integer (5 to 95)
• “default”
width -
height -
size -
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”

344
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <cut>
• <sound>
CustomerDisplayControl XML
• <text>
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “no_feed”
• “feed”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
pattern
• “none”
• “pattern_a”
• “pattern_b”
• “pattern_c”
• “pattern_d”
• “pattern_e”
• “error”
• “paper_end”
repeat • “1” to “255”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
x • “1” to “44”
y • “1” to “19”
reverse
• “true” / “1”
• “false” / “0”
lang
• “en”
• “ja”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value

345
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
TM-T88VI
Printer Specifications
Elements for which restricted parameter setting values can be specified
PrinterControl XML
• <text>
Item 58mm Specification 80mm Specification
Amount of initial feed 30 dots
Initial page mode area 360 x 831 dots 512 x 831 dots
Maximum page mode area 360 x 1662 dots 512 x 1662 dots
Baseline of Font A 21 dots from the top of the character
Baseline of Font B
ANK 16 dots from the top of the character
Chinese characters 15 dots from the top of the character
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
lang
• “en”
• “de”
• “fr”
• “it”
• “es”
• “ko”
• “ko-kr”
• “zh-hans”
• “zh-cn”
• “zh-hant”
• “zh-tw”
• “th”
font
• “font_a”
• “font_b”
• “special_a”
• “special_b”
smooth
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
dw
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
dh
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
width • “1” to “8”

346
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <feed>
• <image>
height • “1” to “8”
reverse
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
ul
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
em
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
color • “color_1”
x • “0” to “65535”
y • “0” to “65535”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
linespc • “0” to “255”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
unit • “0” to “255”
line • “0” to “255”
linespc • “0” to “255”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
width • “0” to “65535”
height • “0” to “65535”
color • “color_1”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
mode • “mono”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value

347
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <barcode>
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “upc_a”
• “upc_e”
• “ean13”
• “jan13”
• “ean8”
• “jan8”
• “code39”
• “itf”
• “codabar”
• “code93”
• “code128”
• “gs1_128”
• “gs1_databar_omnidirectional”
• “gs1_databar_truncated”
• “gs1_databar_limited”
• “gs1_databar_expanded”
hri
• “none”
• “above”
• “below”
• “both”
font
• “font_a”
• “font_b”
width • “2” to “6”
height • “1” to “255”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”

348
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <symbol>
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “pdf417_standard”
• “pdf417_truncated”
• “qrcode_model_1”
• “qrcode_model_2”
• “maxicode_mode_2”
• “maxicode_mode_3”
• “maxicode_mode_4”
• “maxicode_mode_5”
• “maxicode_mode_6”
• “gs1_databar_stacked”
• “gs1_databar_stacked_omnidirectional”
• “gs1_databar_expanded_stacked”
• “azteccode_fullrange”
• “azteccode_compact”
• “datamatrix_square”
• “datamatrix_rectangle_8”
• “datamatrix_rectangle_12”
• “datamatrix_rectangle_16”
level
• “level_0”
• "level_1" (default value)
• “level_2”
• “level_3”
• “level_4”
• “level_5”
• “level_6”
• “level_7”
• “level_8”
• “level_l”
• “level_m”
• “level_q”
• “level_h”
• Integer (5 to 95)
• “default”
width -
height -
size -
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”

349
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <line>
• <rectangle>
• <cut>
• <sound>
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
x1 • “0” to “65535”
y1 • “0” to “65535”
x2 • “0” to “65535”
y2 • “0” to “65535”
style
• “thin”
• “medium”
• “thick”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
x1 • “0” to “65535”
y1 • “0” to “65535”
x2 • “0” to “65535”
y2 • “0” to “65535”
style
• “thin”
• “medium”
• “thick”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “no_feed”
• “feed”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
pattern
• “none”
• “pattern_a”
• “pattern_b”
• “pattern_c”
• “pattern_d”
• “pattern_e”
• “error”
• “paper_end”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value

350
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
CustomerDisplayControl XML
• <text>
repeat • “1” to “255”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
x • “1” to “44”
y • “1” to “19”
reverse
• “true” / “1”
• “false” / “0”
lang
• “en”
• “ja”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value

351
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
TM-T88VII
Printer Specifications
Elements for which restricted parameter setting values can be specified
PrinterControl XML
• <text>
Item 58mm Specification 80mm Specification
Amount of initial feed 30 dots
Initial page mode area
Standerd mode 360 x 1662 dots 512 x 1662 dots
48 column mode 360 x 1662 dots 480 x 1662 dots
Maximum page mode area
Standerd mode 360 x 4800 dots 512 x 4800 dots
48 column mode 360 x 4800 dots 480 x 4800 dots
Baseline of Font A 21 dots from the top of the character
Baseline of Font B 16 dots from the top of the character
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
lang
• “en”
• “de”
• “fr”
• “it”
• “es”
• “ko”
• “ko-kr”
• “zh-hans”
• “zh-cn”
• “zh-hant”
• “zh-tw”
• “th”
• “mul”
font
• “font_a”
• “font_b”
• “special_a”
• “special_b”
smooth
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
dw
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”

352
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <feed>
• <image>
dh
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
width • “1” to “8”
height • “1” to “8”
reverse
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
ul
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
em
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
color • “color_1”
x • “0” to “65535”
y • “0” to “65535”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
linespc • “0” to “255”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
unit • “0” to “255”
line • “0” to “255”
linespc • “0” to “255”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
width • “0” to “65535”
height • “0” to “65535”
color • “color_1”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
mode • “mono”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value

353
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <barcode>
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “upc_a”
• “upc_e”
• “ean13”
• “jan13”
• “ean8”
• “jan8”
• “code39”
• “itf”
• “codabar”
• “code93”
• “code128”
• “code128_auto”
• “gs1_128”
• “gs1_databar_omnidirectional”
• “gs1_databar_truncated”
• “gs1_databar_limited”
• “gs1_databar_expanded”
hri
• “none”
• “above”
• “below”
• “both”
font
• “font_a”
• “font_b”
width • “2” to “6”
height • “1” to “255”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”

354
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <symbol>
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “pdf417_standard”
• “pdf417_truncated”
• “qrcode_model_1”
• “qrcode_model_2”
• “maxicode_mode_2”
• “maxicode_mode_3”
• “maxicode_mode_4”
• “maxicode_mode_5”
• “maxicode_mode_6”
• “gs1_databar_stacked”
• “gs1_databar_stacked_omnidirectional”
• “gs1_databar_expanded_stacked”
• “azteccode_fullrange”
• “azteccode_compact”
• “datamatrix_square”
• “datamatrix_rectangle_8”
• “datamatrix_rectangle_12”
• “datamatrix_rectangle_16”
level
• “level_0”
• "level_1" (default value)
• “level_2”
• “level_3”
• “level_4”
• “level_5”
• “level_6”
• “level_7”
• “level_8”
• “level_l”
• “level_m”
• “level_q”
• “level_h”
• Integer (5 to 95)
• “default”
width -
height -
size -
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”

355
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <line>
• <rectangle>
• <cut>
• <sound>
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
x1 • “0” to “65535”
y1 • “0” to “65535”
x2 • “0” to “65535”
y2 • “0” to “65535”
style
• “thin”
• “medium”
• “thick”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
x1 • “0” to “65535”
y1 • “0” to “65535”
x2 • “0” to “65535”
y2 • “0” to “65535”
style
• “thin”
• “medium”
• “thick”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “no_feed”
• “feed”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
pattern
• “none”
• “pattern_a”
• “pattern_b”
• “pattern_c”
• “pattern_d”
• “pattern_e”
• “error”
• “paper_end”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value

356
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
repeat • “1” to “255”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value

357
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
TM-L100
Printer Specifications
Elements for which restricted parameter setting values can be specified
PrinterControl XML
• <text>
Item
40mm
Specifica-
tion
58mm
Specifica-
tion
80mm
Specifica-
tion (42
column)
80mm
Specifica-
tion (48
column)
Amount of initial feed 30 dots
Initial page mode area
280 x 4800
dots
400 x 4800
dots
552 x 4800
dots
576 x 4800
dots
Maximum page mode area
280 x 4800
dots
420 x 4800
dots
576 x 4800 dots
Baseline of Font A 21 dots from the top of the character
Baseline of Font B 21 dots from the top of the character
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
lang
• “en”
• “de”
• “fr”
• “it”
• “es”
• “ko”
• “ko-kr”
• “zh-hans”
• “zh-cn”
• “zh-hant”
• “zh-tw”
• “mul”
font
• “font_a”
• “font_b”
• “special_a”
• “special_b”
smooth
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
dw
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”

358
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <feed>
• <image>
dh
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
width • “1” to “8”
height • “1” to “8”
reverse
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
ul
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
em
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
color • “color_1”
x • “0” to “65535”
y • “0” to “65535”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
linespc • “0” to “255”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
unit • “0” to “255”
line • “0” to “255”
linespc • “0” to “255”
pos • “cutting”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
width • “0” to “65535”
height • “0” to “65535”
color • “color_1”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value

359
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <barcode>
mode
• “mono”
• “gray16”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “upc_a”
• “upc_e”
• “ean13”
• “jan13”
• “ean8”
• “jan8”
• “code39”
• “itf”
• “codabar”
• “code93”
• “code128”
• “code128_auto”
• “gs1_128”
• “gs1_databar_omnidirectional”
• “gs1_databar_truncated”
• “gs1_databar_limited”
• “gs1_databar_expanded”
hri
• “none”
• “above”
• “below”
• “both”
font
• “font_a”
• “font_b”
width • “2” to “6”
height • “1” to “255”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value

360
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <symbol>
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “pdf417_standard”
• “pdf417_truncated”
• “qrcode_model_1”
• “qrcode_model_2”
• “maxicode_mode_2”
• “maxicode_mode_3”
• “maxicode_mode_4”
• “maxicode_mode_5”
• “maxicode_mode_6”
• “gs1_databar_stacked”
• “gs1_databar_stacked_omnidirectional”
• “gs1_databar_expanded_stacked”
• “azteccode_fullrange”
• “azteccode_compact”
• “datamatrix_square”
• “datamatrix_rectangle_8”
• “datamatrix_rectangle_12”
• “datamatrix_rectangle_16”
level
• “level_0”
• "level_1" (default value)
• “level_2”
• “level_3”
• “level_4”
• “level_5”
• “level_6”
• “level_7”
• “level_8”
• “level_l”
• “level_m”
• “level_q”
• “level_h”
• Integer (5 to 95)
• “default”
width -
height -
size -
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”

361
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <line>
• <rectangle>
• <cut>
• <sound>
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
x1 • “0” to “65535”
y1 • “0” to “65535”
x2 • “0” to “65535”
y2 • “0” to “65535”
style
• “thin”
• “medium”
• “thick”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
x1 • “0” to “65535”
y1 • “0” to “65535”
x2 • “0” to “65535”
y2 • “0” to “65535”
style
• “thin”
• “medium”
• “thick”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “no_feed”
• “feed”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
pattern
• “none”
• “pattern_a”
• “pattern_b”
• “pattern_c”
• “pattern_d”
• “pattern_e”
• “error”
• “paper_end”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value

362
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <layout>
Reference information
Restrictions when the waiting for paper removal function is enabled
The following controls may stop when the printer is waiting for paper removal (ERROR_WAIT_EJECT).
❏ Ringing control of built-in buzzer
❏ Ringing control of optional external buzzer
❏ Control of customer display
❏ Control of barcode scanner
Recovered when the paper has been removed and the printer is no longer waiting for paper removal.
The built-in buzzer and optional external buzzer can be caused to ring while the printer is waiting for paper
removal by making the settings for ringing while waiting for paper removal in the software settings of the
printer.
For details, refer to the Technical Reference Guide.
repeat • “1” to “255”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type • “receipt_bm”
height
• “0”
• “254“ to “2540“
Attribute Specificable Setting Value

363
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
TM-m10
Printer Specifications
Elements for which restricted parameter setting values can be specified
PrinterControl XML
• <text>
Item Specification
Amount of initial feed 30 dots
Initial page mode area 420 x 2400 dots
Maximum page mode area 420 x 2400 dots
Baseline of Font A 21 dots from the top of the character
Baseline of Font B 21 dots from the top of the character
Baseline of Font C 16 dots from the top of the character
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
lang
• “en”
• “de”
• “fr”
• “it”
• “es”
• “zh-hant”
• “zh-tw”
font
• “font_a”
• “font_b”
• “font_c”
smooth
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
dw
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
dh
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
width • “1” to “8”
height • “1” to “8”
reverse
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
ul
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”

364
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <feed>
• <image>
em
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
color • “color_1”
x • “0” to “65535”
y • “0” to “65535”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
linespc • “0” to “255”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
unit • “0” to “255”
line • “0” to “255”
linespc • “0” to “255”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
width • “0” to “65535”
height • “0” to “65535”
color • “color_1”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
mode • “mono”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value

365
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <barcode>
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “upc_a”
• “upc_e”
• “ean13”
• “jan13”
• “ean8”
• “jan8”
• “code39”
• “itf”
• “codabar”
• “code93”
• “code128”
• “gs1_128”
• “gs1_databar_omnidirectional”
• “gs1_databar_truncated”
• “gs1_databar_limited”
• “gs1_databar_expanded”
hri
• “none”
• “above”
• “below”
• “both”
font
• “font_a”
• “font_b”
• “font_c”
width • “2” to “6”
height • “1” to “255”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”

366
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <symbol>
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “pdf417_standard”
• “pdf417_truncated”
• “qrcode_model_1”
• “qrcode_model_2”
• “maxicode_mode_2”
• “maxicode_mode_3”
• “maxicode_mode_4”
• “maxicode_mode_5”
• “maxicode_mode_6”
• “gs1_databar_stacked”
• “gs1_databar_stacked_omnidirectional”
• “gs1_databar_expanded_stacked”
• “azteccode_fullrange”
• “azteccode_compact”
• “datamatrix_square”
• “datamatrix_rectangle_8”
• “datamatrix_rectangle_12”
• “datamatrix_rectangle_16”
level
• “level_0”
• "level_1" (default value)
• “level_2”
• “level_3”
• “level_4”
• “level_5”
• “level_6”
• “level_7”
• “level_8”
• “level_l”
• “level_m”
• “level_q”
• “level_h”
• Integer (5 to 95)
• “default”
width -
height -
size -
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”

367
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <cut>
• <sound>
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “no_feed”
• “feed”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
pattern
• “none”
• “pattern_a”
• “pattern_b”
• “pattern_c”
• “pattern_d”
• “pattern_e”
• “error”
• “paper_end”
repeat • “1” to “255”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value

368
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
TM-P20
Printer Specifications
Elements for which restricted parameter setting values can be specified
PrinterControl XML
• <text>
Item Specification
Amount of initial feed 30 dots
Initial page mode area 384 x 2400 dots
Maximum page mode area 384 x 2400 dots
Baseline of Font A 21 dots from the top of the character
Baseline of Font B 21 dots from the top of the character
Baseline of Font C 16 dots from the top of the character
Baseline of Font D 21 dots from the top of the character
Baseline of Font E 15 dots from the top of the character
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
lang
• “en”
• “de”
• “fr”
• “it”
• “es”
• “ko”
• “ko-kr”
• “zh-hans”
• “zh-cn”
• “zh-hant”
• “zh-tw”
• “th”
font
• “font_a”
• “font_b”
• “font_c”
• “font_d”
• “font_e”
• “special_a”
• “special_b”
smooth
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”

369
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <feed>
• <image>
dw
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
dh
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
width • “1” to “8”
height • “1” to “8”
reverse
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
ul
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
em
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
color • “color_1”
x • “0” to “65535”
y • “0” to “65535”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
linespc • “0” to “255”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
unit • “0” to “255”
line • “0” to “255”
linespc • “0” to “255”
pos
• “cutting”
• “current_tof”
• “next_tof”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
width • “0” to “65535”
height • “0” to “65535”
color • “color_1”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value

370
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <barcode>
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
mode • “mono”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “upc_a”
• “upc_e”
• “ean13”
• “jan13”
• “ean8”
• “jan8”
• “code39”
• “itf”
• “codabar”
• “code93”
• “code128”
• “gs1_128”
• “gs1_databar_omnidirectional”
• “gs1_databar_truncated”
• “gs1_databar_limited”
• “gs1_databar_expanded”
hri
• “none”
• “above”
• “below”
• “both”
font
• “font_a”
• “font_b”
• “font_c”
width • “2” to “6”
height • “1” to “255”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value

371
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <symbol>
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “pdf417_standard”
• “pdf417_truncated”
• “qrcode_model_1”
• “qrcode_model_2”
• “maxicode_mode_2”
• “maxicode_mode_3”
• “maxicode_mode_4”
• “maxicode_mode_5”
• “maxicode_mode_6”
• “gs1_databar_stacked”
• “gs1_databar_stacked_omnidirectional”
• “gs1_databar_expanded_stacked”
• “azteccode_fullrange”
• “azteccode_compact”
• “datamatrix_square”
• “datamatrix_rectangle_8”
• “datamatrix_rectangle_12”
• “datamatrix_rectangle_16”
level
• “level_0”
• "level_1" (default value)
• “level_2”
• “level_3”
• “level_4”
• “level_5”
• “level_6”
• “level_7”
• “level_8”
• “level_l”
• “level_m”
• “level_q”
• “level_h”
• Integer (5 to 95)
• “default”
width -
height -
size -
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”

372
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <line>
• <rectangle>
• <cut>
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
x1 • “0” to “65535”
y1 • “0” to “65535”
x2 • “0” to “65535”
y2 • “0” to “65535”
style
• “thin”
• “medium”
• “thick”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
x1 • “0” to “65535”
y1 • “0” to “65535”
x2 • “0” to “65535”
y2 • “0” to “65535”
style
• “thin”
• “medium”
• “thick”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “no_feed”
• “feed”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value

373
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <sound>
• <layout>
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
pattern
• “none”
• “pattern_1”
• “pattern_2”
• “pattern_3”
• “pattern_4”
• “pattern_5”
• “pattern_6”
• “pattern_7”
• “pattern_8”
• “pattern_9”
• “pattern_10”
repeat • “1” to “255”
cycle • “1000” to “25500”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “receipt”
• “receipt_bm”
width • “290” to “600”
height
• “0”
• “284” to “-1550”
margin-top
• “0”
• “-150” to “1500”
margin-bottom • “0”
offset-cut
• “0”
• “-290” to “50”
offset-label • “0”

374
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
TM-P60II (Receipt)
Printer Specifications
Elements for which restricted parameter setting values can be specified
PrinterControl XML
• <text>
Item Receipt Specification
Die-cut Label Specifica-
tion
Amount of initial feed 30 dots
Initial page mode area 432 x 1624 dots 400 x 1624 dots
Maximum page mode area 432 x 1624 dots 400 x 1624 dots
Baseline of Font A 21 dots from the top of the character
Baseline of Font B 16 dots from the top of the character
Baseline of Font C 15 dots from the top of the character
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
lang
• “en”
• “de”
• “fr”
• “it”
• “es”
• “zh-hant”
• “zh-tw”
font
• “font_a”
• “font_b”
• “font_c”
smooth
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
dw
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
dh
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
width • “1” to “8”
height • “1” to “8”
reverse
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”

375
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <feed>
• <image>
ul
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
em
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
color • “color_1”
x • “0” to “65535”
y • “0” to “65535”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
linespc • “0” to “255”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
unit • “0” to “255”
line • “0” to “255”
linespc • “0” to “255”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
width • “0” to “65535”
height • “0” to “65535”
color • “color_1”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
mode • “mono”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value

376
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <barcode>
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “upc_a”
• “upc_e”
• “ean13”
• “jan13”
• “ean8”
• “jan8”
• “code39”
• “itf”
• “codabar”
• “code93”
• “code128”
• “gs1_128”
• “gs1_databar_omnidirectional”
• “gs1_databar_truncated”
• “gs1_databar_limited”
• “gs1_databar_expanded”
hri
• “none”
• “above”
• “below”
• “both”
font
• “font_a”
• “font_b”
• “font_c”
width • “2” to “6”
height • “1” to “255”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”

377
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <symbol>
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “pdf417_standard”
• “pdf417_truncated”
• “qrcode_model_1”
• “qrcode_model_2”
• “maxicode_mode_2”
• “maxicode_mode_3”
• “maxicode_mode_4”
• “maxicode_mode_5”
• “maxicode_mode_6”
• “gs1_databar_stacked”
• “gs1_databar_stacked_omnidirectional”
• “gs1_databar_expanded_stacked”
• “azteccode_fullrange”
• “azteccode_compact”
• “datamatrix_square”
• “datamatrix_rectangle_8”
• “datamatrix_rectangle_12”
• “datamatrix_rectangle_16”
level
• “level_0”
• "level_1" (default value)
• “level_2”
• “level_3”
• “level_4”
• “level_5”
• “level_6”
• “level_7”
• “level_8”
• “level_l”
• “level_m”
• “level_q”
• “level_h”
• Integer (5 to 95)
• “default”
width -
height -
size -
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”

378
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <line>
• <rectangle>
• <cut>
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
x1 • “0” to “65535”
y1 • “0” to “65535”
x2 • “0” to “65535”
y2 • “0” to “65535”
style
• “thin”
• “medium”
• “thick”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
x1 • “0” to “65535”
y1 • “0” to “65535”
x2 • “0” to “65535”
y2 • “0” to “65535”
style
• “thin”
• “medium”
• “thick”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “no_feed”
• “feed”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value

379
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <sound>
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
pattern
• “none”
• “pattern_1”
• “pattern_2”
• “pattern_3”
• “pattern_4”
• “pattern_5”
• “pattern_6”
• “pattern_7”
• “pattern_8”
• “pattern_9”
• “pattern_10”
repeat • “1” to “255”
cycle • “1000” to “25500”

380
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
TM-P60II (Peeler)
Printer Specifications
Elements for which restricted parameter setting values can be specified
PrinterControl XML
• <text>
Item Receipt Specification
Die-cut Label Specifica-
tion
Amount of initial feed 30 dots
Initial page mode area 432 x 1624 dots 400 x 1624 dots
Maximum page mode area 432 x 1624 dots 400 x 1624 dots
Baseline of Font A 21 dots from the top of the character
Baseline of Font B 16 dots from the top of the character
Baseline of Font C 15 dots from the top of the character
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
lang
• “en”
• “de”
• “fr”
• “it”
• “es”
• “zh-hant”
• “zh-tw”
font
• “font_a”
• “font_b”
• “font_c”
smooth
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
dw
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
dh
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
width • “1” to “8”
height • “1” to “8”
reverse
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”

381
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <image>
ul
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
em
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
color • “color_1”
x • “0” to “65535”
y • “0” to “65535”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
linespc • “0” to “255”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
width • “0” to “65535”
height • “0” to “65535”
color • “color_1”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
mode • “mono”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value

382
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <barcode>
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “upc_a”
• “upc_e”
• “ean13”
• “jan13”
• “ean8”
• “jan8”
• “code39”
• “itf”
• “codabar”
• “code93”
• “code128”
• “gs1_128”
• “gs1_databar_omnidirectional”
• “gs1_databar_truncated”
• “gs1_databar_limited”
• “gs1_databar_expanded”
hri
• “none”
• “above”
• “below”
• “both”
font
• “font_a”
• “font_b”
• “font_c”
width • “2” to “6”
height • “1” to “255”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”

383
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <symbol>
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “pdf417_standard”
• “pdf417_truncated”
• “qrcode_model_1”
• “qrcode_model_2”
• “maxicode_mode_2”
• “maxicode_mode_3”
• “maxicode_mode_4”
• “maxicode_mode_5”
• “maxicode_mode_6”
• “gs1_databar_stacked”
• “gs1_databar_stacked_omnidirectional”
• “gs1_databar_expanded_stacked”
• “azteccode_fullrange”
• “azteccode_compact”
• “datamatrix_square”
• “datamatrix_rectangle_8”
• “datamatrix_rectangle_12”
• “datamatrix_rectangle_16”
level
• “level_0”
• "level_1" (default value)
• “level_2”
• “level_3”
• “level_4”
• “level_5”
• “level_6”
• “level_7”
• “level_8”
• “level_l”
• “level_m”
• “level_q”
• “level_h”
• Integer (5 to 95)
• “default”
width -
height -
size -
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”

384
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <line>
• <rectangle>
• <cut>
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
x1 • “0” to “65535”
y1 • “0” to “65535”
x2 • “0” to “65535”
y2 • “0” to “65535”
style
• “thin”
• “medium”
• “thick”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
x1 • “0” to “65535”
y1 • “0” to “65535”
x2 • “0” to “65535”
y2 • “0” to “65535”
style
• “thin”
• “medium”
• “thick”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “no_feed”
• “feed”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value

385
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <sound>
• <layout>
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
pattern
• “none”
• “pattern_1”
• “pattern_2”
• “pattern_3”
• “pattern_4”
• “pattern_5”
• “pattern_6”
• “pattern_7”
• “pattern_8”
• “pattern_9”
• “pattern_10”
repeat • “1” to “255”
cycle • “1000” to “25500”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “receipt”
• “receipt_bm”
• “label”
• “label_bm”
width • “290” to “600”
height
• “0”
• “284” to “-1550”
margin-top
• “0”
• “-150” to “1500”
• “0” to “1500”
• “-15” to “1500”
margin-bottom
• “0”
• “-15” to “0”
• “-15” to “15”
offset-cut
• “0”
• “-290” to “50”
• “0” to “50”
offset-label
• “0”
• “0” to “15”

386
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
TM-P80
Printer Specifications
Elements for which restricted parameter setting values can be specified
PrinterControl XML
• <text>
Item Specification
Amount of initial feed 30 dots
Initial page mode area 576 x 1662 dots
Maximum page mode area 576 x 1662 dots
Baseline of Font A 21 dots from the top of the character
Baseline of Font B 15 dots from the top of the character
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
lang
• “en”
• “de”
• “fr”
• “it”
• “es”
font
• “font_a”
• “font_b”
smooth
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
dw
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
dh
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
width • “1” to “8”
height • “1” to “8”
reverse
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
ul
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
em
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
color • “color_1”

387
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <feed>
• <image>
x • “0” to “65535”
y • “0” to “65535”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
linespc • “0” to “255”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
unit • “0” to “255”
line • “0” to “255”
linespc • “0” to “255”
pos
• “cutting”
• “current_tof”
• “next_tof”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
width • “0” to “65535”
height • “0” to “65535”
color • “color_1”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
mode • “mono”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value

388
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <barcode>
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “upc_a”
• “upc_e”
• “ean13”
• “jan13”
• “ean8”
• “jan8”
• “code39”
• “itf”
• “codabar”
• “code93”
• “code128”
• “gs1_128”
• “gs1_databar_omnidirectional”
• “gs1_databar_truncated”
• “gs1_databar_limited”
• “gs1_databar_expanded”
hri
• “none”
• “above”
• “below”
• “both”
font
• “font_a”
• “font_b”
width • “2” to “6”
height • “1” to “255”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”

389
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <symbol>
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “pdf417_standard”
• “pdf417_truncated”
• “qrcode_model_1”
• “qrcode_model_2”
• “maxicode_mode_2”
• “maxicode_mode_3”
• “maxicode_mode_4”
• “maxicode_mode_5”
• “maxicode_mode_6”
• “gs1_databar_stacked”
• “gs1_databar_stacked_omnidirectional”
• “gs1_databar_expanded_stacked”
• “azteccode_fullrange”
• “azteccode_compact”
• “datamatrix_square”
• “datamatrix_rectangle_8”
• “datamatrix_rectangle_12”
• “datamatrix_rectangle_16”
level
• “level_0”
• "level_1" (default value)
• “level_2”
• “level_3”
• “level_4”
• “level_5”
• “level_6”
• “level_7”
• “level_8”
• “level_l”
• “level_m”
• “level_q”
• “level_h”
• Integer (5 to 95)
• “default”
width -
height -
size -
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”

390
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <line>
• <rectangle>
• <cut>
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
x1 • “0” to “65535”
y1 • “0” to “65535”
x2 • “0” to “65535”
y2 • “0” to “65535”
style
• “thin”
• “medium”
• “thick”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
x1 • “0” to “65535”
y1 • “0” to “65535”
x2 • “0” to “65535”
y2 • “0” to “65535”
style
• “thin”
• “medium”
• “thick”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “no_feed”
• “feed”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value

391
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <sound>
• <layout>
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
pattern
• “none”
• “pattern_1”
• “pattern_2”
• “pattern_3”
• “pattern_4”
• “pattern_5”
• “pattern_6”
• “pattern_7”
• “pattern_8”
• “pattern_9”
• “pattern_10”
repeat • “1” to “255”
cycle • “1000” to “25500”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “receipt”
• “receipt_bm”
width • “290” to “600”
height
• “0”
• “284” to “-1550”
margin-top
• “0”
• “-150” to “1500”
margin-bottom • “0”
offset-cut
• “0”
• “-290” to “50”
offset-label • “0”

392
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
TM-T20
Printer Specifications
Elements for which restricted parameter setting values can be specified
PrinterControl XML
• <text>
Item 58mm Specification 80mm Specification
Amount of initial feed 30 dots
Initial page mode area 420 x 831 dots 576 x 831 dots
Maximum page mode area 420 x 1662 dots 576 x 1662 dots
Baseline of Font A 21 dots from the top of the character
Baseline of Font B 16 dots from the top of the character
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
lang
• “en”
• “de”
• “fr”
• “it”
• “es”
font
• “font_a”
• “font_b”
smooth
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
dw
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
dh
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
width • “1” to “8”
height • “1” to “8”
reverse
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
ul
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
em
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
color • “color_1”

393
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <feed>
• <image>
x • “0” to “65535”
y • “0” to “65535”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
linespc • “0” to “255”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
unit • “0” to “255”
line • “0” to “255”
linespc • “0” to “255”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
width • “0” to “65535”
height • “0” to “65535”
color • “color_1”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
mode • “mono”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value

394
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <barcode>
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “upc_a”
• “upc_e”
• “ean13”
• “jan13”
• “ean8”
• “jan8”
• “code39”
• “itf”
• “codabar”
• “code93”
• “code128”
• “gs1_128”
• “gs1_databar_omnidirectional”
• “gs1_databar_truncated”
• “gs1_databar_limited”
• “gs1_databar_expanded”
hri
• “none”
• “above”
• “below”
• “both”
font
• “font_a”
• “font_b”
width • “2” to “6”
height • “1” to “255”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”

395
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <symbol>
• <cut>
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “pdf417_standard”
• “pdf417_truncated”
• “qrcode_model_1”
• “qrcode_model_2”
• “maxicode_mode_2”
• “maxicode_mode_3”
• “maxicode_mode_4”
• “maxicode_mode_5”
• “maxicode_mode_6”
• “gs1_databar_stacked”
• “gs1_databar_stacked_omnidirectional”
• “gs1_databar_expanded_stacked”
level
• “level_0”
• "level_1" (default value)
• “level_2”
• “level_3”
• “level_4”
• “level_5”
• “level_6”
• “level_7”
• “level_8”
• “level_l”
• “level_m”
• “level_q”
• “level_h”
• “default”
width -
height -
size -
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “no_feed”
• “feed”

396
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <sound>
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
pattern
• “none”
• “pattern_a”
• “pattern_b”
• “pattern_c”
• “pattern_d”
• “pattern_e”
• “error”
• “paper_end”
repeat • “1” to “255”

397
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
TM-T20II
Printer Specifications
Elements for which restricted parameter setting values can be specified
PrinterControl XML
• <text>
Item 58mm Specification 80mm Specification
Amount of initial feed 30 dots
Initial page mode area 420 x 831 dots 576 x 831 dots
Maximum page mode area 420 x 1662 dots 576 x 1662 dots
Baseline of Font A 21 dots from the top of the character
Baseline of Font B 16 dots from the top of the character
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
lang
• “en”
• “de”
• “fr”
• “it”
• “es”
font
• “font_a”
• “font_b”
smooth
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
dw
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
dh
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
width • “1” to “8”
height • “1” to “8”
reverse
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
ul
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
em
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
color • “color_1”

398
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <feed>
• <image>
x • “0” to “65535”
y • “0” to “65535”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
linespc • “0” to “255”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
unit • “0” to “255”
line • “0” to “255”
linespc • “0” to “255”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
width • “0” to “65535”
height • “0” to “65535”
color • “color_1”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
mode • “mono”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value

399
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <barcode>
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “upc_a”
• “upc_e”
• “ean13”
• “jan13”
• “ean8”
• “jan8”
• “code39”
• “itf”
• “codabar”
• “code93”
• “code128”
• “gs1_128”
• “gs1_databar_omnidirectional”
• “gs1_databar_truncated”
• “gs1_databar_limited”
• “gs1_databar_expanded”
hri
• “none”
• “above”
• “below”
• “both”
font
• “font_a”
• “font_b”
width • “2” to “6”
height • “1” to “255”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”

400
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <symbol>
• <cut>
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “pdf417_standard”
• “pdf417_truncated”
• “qrcode_model_1”
• “qrcode_model_2”
• “maxicode_mode_2”
• “maxicode_mode_3”
• “maxicode_mode_4”
• “maxicode_mode_5”
• “maxicode_mode_6”
• “gs1_databar_stacked”
• “gs1_databar_stacked_omnidirectional”
• “gs1_databar_expanded_stacked”
level
• “level_0”
• "level_1" (default value)
• “level_2”
• “level_3”
• “level_4”
• “level_5”
• “level_6”
• “level_7”
• “level_8”
• “level_l”
• “level_m”
• “level_q”
• “level_h”
• “default”
width -
height -
size -
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “no_feed”
• “feed”

401
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <sound>
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
pattern
• “none”
• “pattern_a”
• “pattern_b”
• “pattern_c”
• “pattern_d”
• “pattern_e”
• “error”
• “paper_end”
repeat • “1” to “255”

402
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
TM-T70
Printer Specifications
Elements for which restricted parameter setting values can be specified
PrinterControl XML
• <text>
Item 58mm Specification 80mm Specification
Amount of initial feed 30 dots
Initial page mode area
ANK model 416 x 1662 dots 512 x 831 dots
Multiple lan-
guages model
416 x 1662 dots 576 x 1662 dots
Maximum page mode area
ANK model 416 x 1662 dots 512 x 1662 dots
Multiple lan-
guages model
576 x 1662 dots
Baseline of Font A 21 dots from the top of the character
Baseline of Font B 16 dots from the top of the character
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
lang
• “en”
• “de”
• “fr”
• “it”
• “es”
• “ko”
• “ko-kr”
• “zh-hans”
• “zh-cn”
• “zh-hant”
• “zh-tw”
font
• “font_a”
• “font_b”
smooth
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
dw
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
dh
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
width • “1” to “8”

403
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <feed>
• <image>
height • “1” to “8”
reverse
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
ul
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
em
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
color • “color_1”
x • “0” to “65535”
y • “0” to “65535”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
linespc • “0” to “255”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
unit • “0” to “255”
line • “0” to “255”
linespc • “0” to “255”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
width • “0” to “65535”
height • “0” to “65535”
color • “color_1”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
mode • “mono”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value

404
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <barcode>
• <symbol>
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “upc_a”
• “upc_e”
• “ean13”
• “jan13”
• “ean8”
• “jan8”
• “code39”
• “itf”
• “codabar”
• “code93”
• “code128”
hri
• “none”
• “above”
• “below”
• “both”
font
• “font_a”
• “font_b”
width • “2” to “6”
height • “1” to “255”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “pdf417_standard”
• “pdf417_truncated”
• “qrcode_model_1”
• “qrcode_model_2”

405
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <cut>
level
• “level_0”
• "level_1" (default value)
• “level_2”
• “level_3”
• “level_4”
• “level_5”
• “level_6”
• “level_7”
• “level_8”
• “level_l”
• “level_m”
• “level_q”
• “level_h”
• “default”
width -
height -
size -
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “no_feed”
• “feed”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value

406
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
TM-T70II
Printer Specifications
Elements for which restricted parameter setting values can be specified
PrinterControl XML
• <text>
Item 58mm Specification 80mm Specification
Amount of initial feed 30 dots
Initial page mode area
ANK model 416 x 1662 dots 512 x 1662 dots
Multiple lan-
guages model
416 x 1662 dots 576 x 1662 dots
Maximum page mode area
ANK model 416 x 1662 dots 512 x 1662 dots
Multiple lan-
guages model
576 x 1662 dots
Baseline of Font A 21 dots from the top of the character
Baseline of Font B 16 dots from the top of the character
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
lang
• “en”
• “de”
• “fr”
• “it”
• “es”
• “ko”
• “ko-kr”
• “zh-hans”
• “zh-cn”
• “zh-hant”
• “zh-tw”
• “th”
font
• “font_a”
• “font_b”
• “special_a”
• “special_b”
smooth
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
dw
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”

407
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <feed>
• <image>
dh
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
width • “1” to “8”
height • “1” to “8”
reverse
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
ul
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
em
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
color • “color_1”
x • “0” to “65535”
y • “0” to “65535”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
linespc • “0” to “255”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
unit • “0” to “255”
line • “0” to “255”
linespc • “0” to “255”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
width • “0” to “65535”
height • “0” to “65535”
color • “color_1”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
mode
• “mono”
• “gray16”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value

408
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <barcode>
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “upc_a”
• “upc_e”
• “ean13”
• “jan13”
• “ean8”
• “jan8”
• “code39”
• “itf”
• “codabar”
• “code93”
• “code128”
• “gs1_128”
• “gs1_databar_omnidirectional”
• “gs1_databar_truncated”
• “gs1_databar_limited”
• “gs1_databar_expanded”
hri
• “none”
• “above”
• “below”
• “both”
font
• “font_a”
• “font_b”
width • “2” to “6”
height • “1” to “255”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”

409
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <symbol>
• <cut>
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “pdf417_standard”
• “pdf417_truncated”
• “qrcode_model_1”
• “qrcode_model_2”
• “maxicode_mode_2”
• “maxicode_mode_3”
• “maxicode_mode_4”
• “maxicode_mode_5”
• “maxicode_mode_6”
• “gs1_databar_stacked”
• “gs1_databar_stacked_omnidirectional”
• “gs1_databar_expanded_stacked”
level
• “level_0”
• "level_1" (default value)
• “level_2”
• “level_3”
• “level_4”
• “level_5”
• “level_6”
• “level_7”
• “level_8”
• “level_l”
• “level_m”
• “level_q”
• “level_h”
• “default”
width -
height -
size -
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “no_feed”
• “feed”

410
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <sound>
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
pattern
• “none”
• “pattern_a”
• “pattern_b”
• “pattern_c”
• “pattern_d”
• “pattern_e”
• “error”
• “paper_end”
repeat • “1” to “255”

411
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
TM-T82II
Printer Specifications
Elements for which restricted parameter setting values can be specified
PrinterControl XML
• <text>
Item Specification
Amount of initial feed 30 dots
Initial page mode area 576 x 831 dots
Maximum page mode area 576 x 1662 dots
Baseline of Font A 21 dots from the top of the character
Baseline of Font B 16 dots from the top of the character
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
lang
• “en”
• “de”
• “fr”
• “it”
• “es”
• “zh-hans”
• “zh-cn”
• “zh-hant”
• “zh-tw”
• “th”
font
• “font_a”
• “font_b”
• “special_a”
• “special_b”
smooth
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
dw
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
dh
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
width • “1” to “8”
height • “1” to “8”

412
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <feed>
• <image>
reverse
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
ul
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
em
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
color • “color_1”
x • “0” to “65535”
y • “0” to “65535”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
linespc • “0” to “255”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
unit • “0” to “255”
line • “0” to “255”
linespc • “0” to “255”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
width • “0” to “65535”
height • “0” to “65535”
color • “color_1”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
mode • “mono”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value

413
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <barcode>
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “upc_a”
• “upc_e”
• “ean13”
• “jan13”
• “ean8”
• “jan8”
• “code39”
• “itf”
• “codabar”
• “code93”
• “code128”
• “gs1_128”
• “gs1_databar_omnidirectional”
• “gs1_databar_truncated”
• “gs1_databar_limited”
• “gs1_databar_expanded”
hri
• “none”
• “above”
• “below”
• “both”
font
• “font_a”
• “font_b”
width • “2” to “6”
height • “1” to “255”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”

414
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <symbol>
• <cut>
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “pdf417_standard”
• “pdf417_truncated”
• “qrcode_model_1”
• “qrcode_model_2”
• “maxicode_mode_2”
• “maxicode_mode_3”
• “maxicode_mode_4”
• “maxicode_mode_5”
• “maxicode_mode_6”
• “gs1_databar_stacked”
• “gs1_databar_stacked_omnidirectional”
• “gs1_databar_expanded_stacked”
level
• “level_0”
• "level_1" (default value)
• “level_2”
• “level_3”
• “level_4”
• “level_5”
• “level_6”
• “level_7”
• “level_8”
• “level_l”
• “level_m”
• “level_q”
• “level_h”
• “default”
width -
height -
size -
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “no_feed”
• “feed”

415
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <sound>
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
pattern
• “none”
• “pattern_a”
• “pattern_b”
• “pattern_c”
• “pattern_d”
• “pattern_e”
• “error”
• “paper_end”
repeat • “1” to “255”

416
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
TM-T83II
Printer Specifications
Elements for which restricted parameter setting values can be specified
PrinterControl XML
• <text>
Item Specification
Amount of initial feed 30 dots
Initial page mode area 512 x 1662 dots
Maximum page mode area 512 x 1662 dots
Baseline of Font A 21 dots from the top of the character
Baseline of Font B 16 dots from the top of the character
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
lang
• “en”
• “de”
• “fr”
• “it”
• “es”
• “ko”
• “ko-kr”
font
• “font_a”
• “font_b”
smooth
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
dw
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
dh
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
width • “1” to “8”
height • “1” to “8”
reverse
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
ul
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
em
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”

417
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <feed>
• <image>
color • “color_1”
x • “0” to “65535”
y • “0” to “65535”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
linespc • “0” to “255”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
unit • “0” to “255”
line • “0” to “255”
linespc • “0” to “255”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
width • “0” to “65535”
height • “0” to “65535”
color • “color_1”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
mode • “mono”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value

418
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <barcode>
• <symbol>
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “upc_a”
• “upc_e”
• “ean13”
• “jan13”
• “ean8”
• “jan8”
• “code39”
• “itf”
• “codabar”
• “code93”
• “code128”
• “gs1_128”
• “gs1_databar_omnidirectional”
• “gs1_databar_truncated”
• “gs1_databar_limited”
• “gs1_databar_expanded”
hri
• “none”
• “above”
• “below”
• “both”
font
• “font_a”
• “font_b”
width • “2” to “6”
height • “1” to “255”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “pdf417_standard”
• “pdf417_truncated”
• “qrcode_model_1”
• “qrcode_model_2”

419
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <cut>
• <sound>
level
• “level_0”
• "level_1" (default value)
• “level_2”
• “level_3”
• “level_4”
• “level_5”
• “level_6”
• “level_7”
• “level_8”
• “level_l”
• “level_m”
• “level_q”
• “level_h”
• “default”
width -
height -
size -
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “no_feed”
• “feed”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
pattern
• “none”
• “pattern_a”
• “pattern_b”
• “pattern_c”
• “pattern_d”
• “pattern_e”
• “error”
• “paper_end”
repeat • “1” to “255”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value

420
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
TM-T88IV
Printer Specifications
Elements for which restricted parameter setting values can be specified
PrinterControl XML
• <text>
Item 58mm Specification 80mm Specification
Amount of initial feed 30 dots
Initial page mode area
Monochrome
printing
360 x 831 dots 512 x 831 dots
Two-color printing 360 x 415 dots 512 x 415 dots
Maximum page mode area
Monochrome
printing
360 x 1662 dots 512 x 1662 dots
Two-color printing 360 x 831 dots 512 x 831 dots
Baseline of Font A 21 dots from the top of the character
Baseline of Font B 16 dots from the top of the character
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
lang
• “en”
• “de”
• “fr”
• “it”
• “es”
• “ko”
• “ko-kr”
• “zh-hans”
• “zh-cn”
• “zh-hant”
• “zh-tw”
font
• “font_a”
• “font_b”
smooth
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
dw
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
dh
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
width • “1” to “8”

421
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <feed>
• <image>
height • “1” to “8”
reverse
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
ul
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
em
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
color
• “color_1”
• “color_2”
x • “0” to “65535”
y • “0” to “65535”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
linespc • “0” to “255”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
unit • “0” to “255”
line • “0” to “255”
linespc • “0” to “255”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
width • “0” to “65535”
height • “0” to “65535”
color
• “color_1”
• “color_2”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
mode • “mono”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value

422
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <barcode>
• <symbol>
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “upc_a”
• “upc_e”
• “ean13”
• “jan13”
• “ean8”
• “jan8”
• “code39”
• “itf”
• “codabar”
• “code93”
• “code128”
hri
• “none”
• “above”
• “below”
• “both”
font
• “font_a”
• “font_b”
width • “2” to “6”
height • “1” to “255”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “pdf417_standard”
• “pdf417_truncated”
• “qrcode_model_1”
• “qrcode_model_2”
• “maxicode_mode_2”
• “maxicode_mode_3”
• “maxicode_mode_4”
• “maxicode_mode_5”
• “maxicode_mode_6”
• “gs1_databar_stacked”
• “gs1_databar_stacked_omnidirectional”
• “gs1_databar_expanded_stacked”

423
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <cut>
level
• “level_0”
• "level_1" (default value)
• “level_2”
• “level_3”
• “level_4”
• “level_5”
• “level_6”
• “level_7”
• “level_8”
• “level_l”
• “level_m”
• “level_q”
• “level_h”
• “default”
width -
height -
size -
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “no_feed”
• “feed”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value

424
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
TM-T88V
Printer Specifications
Elements for which restricted parameter setting values can be specified
PrinterControl XML
• <text>
Item 58mm Specification 80mm Specification
Amount of initial feed 30 dots
Initial page mode area 360 x 831 dots 512 x 831 dots
Maximum page mode area 360 x 1662 dots 512 x 1662 dots
Baseline of Font A 21 dots from the top of the character
Baseline of Font B
ANK 16 dots from the top of the character
Chinese characters 15 dots from the top of the character
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
lang
• “en”
• “de”
• “fr”
• “it”
• “es”
• “ko”
• “ko-kr”
• “zh-hans”
• “zh-cn”
• “zh-hant”
• “zh-tw”
font
• “font_a”
• “font_b”
smooth
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
dw
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
dh
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
width • “1” to “8”
height • “1” to “8”

425
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <feed>
• <image>
reverse
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
ul
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
em
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
color • “color_1”
x • “0” to “65535”
y • “0” to “65535”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
linespc • “0” to “255”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
unit • “0” to “255”
line • “0” to “255”
linespc • “0” to “255”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
width • “0” to “65535”
height • “0” to “65535”
color • “color_1”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
mode
• “mono”
• “gray16”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value

426
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <barcode>
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “upc_a”
• “upc_e”
• “ean13”
• “jan13”
• “ean8”
• “jan8”
• “code39”
• “itf”
• “codabar”
• “code93”
• “code128”
• “gs1_128”
• “gs1_databar_omnidirectional”
• “gs1_databar_truncated”
• “gs1_databar_limited”
• “gs1_databar_expanded”
hri
• “none”
• “above”
• “below”
• “both”
font
• “font_a”
• “font_b”
width • “2” to “6”
height • “1” to “255”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”

427
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <symbol>
• <cut>
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “pdf417_standard”
• “pdf417_truncated”
• “qrcode_model_1”
• “qrcode_model_2”
• “maxicode_mode_2”
• “maxicode_mode_3”
• “maxicode_mode_4”
• “maxicode_mode_5”
• “maxicode_mode_6”
• “gs1_databar_stacked”
• “gs1_databar_stacked_omnidirectional”
• “gs1_databar_expanded_stacked”
level
• “level_0”
• "level_1" (default value)
• “level_2”
• “level_3”
• “level_4”
• “level_5”
• “level_6”
• “level_7”
• “level_8”
• “level_l”
• “level_m”
• “level_q”
• “level_h”
• “default”
width -
height -
size -
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “no_feed”
• “feed”

428
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <sound>
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
pattern
• “none”
• “pattern_a”
• “pattern_b”
• “pattern_c”
• “pattern_d”
• “pattern_e”
• “error”
• “paper_end”
repeat • “1” to “255”

429
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
TM-T90
Printer Specifications
Elements for which restricted parameter setting values can be specified
PrinterControl XML
• <text>
Item
58mm Specifi-
cation
60mm Specifi-
cation
80mm Specifi-
cation
Amount of initial feed 30 dots
Initial page mode area
Monochrome
printing
420 x 738 dots 384 x 831 dots 576 x 738 dots
Two-color printing 420 x 369 dots 384 x 415 dots 576 x 369 dots
Maximum page mode area
Monochrome
printing
420 x 1476 dots 384 x 1662 dots 576 x 1476 dots
Two-color printing 420 x 738 dots 384 x 831 dots 576 x 738 dots
Baseline of Font A 21 dots from the top of the character
Baseline of Font B 16 dots from the top of the character
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
lang
• “en”
• “de”
• “fr”
• “it”
• “es”
• “ko”
• “ko-kr”
• “zh-hans”
• “zh-cn”
• “zh-hant”
• “zh-tw”
font
• “font_a”
• “font_b”
• “font_c”
smooth
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
dw
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”

430
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <feed>
• <image>
dh
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
width • “1” to “8”
height • “1” to “8”
reverse
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
ul
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
em
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
color
• “color_1”
• “color_2”
x • “0” to “65535”
y • “0” to “65535”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
linespc • “0” to “255”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
unit • “0” to “255”
line • “0” to “255”
linespc • “0” to “255”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
width • “0” to “65535”
height • “0” to “65535”
color
• “color_1”
• “color_2”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value

431
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <barcode>
• <symbol>
mode • “mono”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “upc_a”
• “upc_e”
• “ean13”
• “jan13”
• “ean8”
• “jan8”
• “code39”
• “itf”
• “codabar”
• “code93”
• “code128”
hri
• “none”
• “above”
• “below”
• “both”
font
• “font_a”
• “font_b”
• “font_c”
width • “2” to “6”
height • “1” to “255”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “pdf417_standard”
• “pdf417_truncated”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value

432
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <cut>
level
• “level_0”
• "level_1" (default value)
• “level_2”
• “level_3”
• “level_4”
• “level_5”
• “level_6”
• “level_7”
• “level_8”
• “default”
width -
height -
size -
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “no_feed”
• “feed”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value

433
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
TM-L90
Printer Specifications
Elements for which restricted parameter setting values can be specified
PrinterControl XML
• <text>
Item Receipt Specification
Die-cut Label Specifica-
tion
Amount of initial feed 30 dots
Initial page mode area
Monochrome
printing
576 x 738 dots 560 x 738 dots
Two-color printing 576 x 369 dots 560 x 369 dots
Maximum page mode area
Monochrome
printing
576 x 1476 dots 560 x 1476 dots
Two-color printing 576x 738 dots 560 x 738 dots
Baseline of Font A 21 dots from the top of the character
Baseline of Font B
ANK: 16
Chinese characters: 15 dots from the top of the character
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
lang
• “en”
• “de”
• “fr”
• “it”
• “es”
• “ko”
• “ko-kr”
• “zh-hans”
• “zh-cn”
• “zh-hant”
• “zh-tw”
• “th”
font
• “font_a”
• “font_b”
• “font_c”
smooth
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
dw
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”

434
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <image>
dh
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
width • “1” to “8”
height • “1” to “8”
reverse
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
ul
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
em
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
color
• “color_1”
• “color_2”
x • “0” to “65535”
y • “0” to “65535”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
linespc • “0” to “255”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
width • “0” to “65535”
height • “0” to “65535”
color
• “color_1”
• “color_2”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
mode • “mono”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value

435
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <barcode>
• <symbol>
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “upc_a”
• “upc_e”
• “ean13”
• “jan13”
• “ean8”
• “jan8”
• “code39”
• “itf”
• “codabar”
• “code93”
• “code128”
hri
• “none”
• “above”
• “below”
• “both”
font
• “font_a”
• “font_b”
• “font_c”
width • “2” to “6”
height • “1” to “255”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “pdf417_standard”
• “pdf417_truncated”
• “qrcode_model_1”
• “qrcode_model_2”
• “maxicode_mode_2”
• “maxicode_mode_3”
• “maxicode_mode_4”
• “maxicode_mode_5”
• “maxicode_mode_6”

436
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <cut>
level
• “level_0”
• "level_1" (default value)
• “level_2”
• “level_3”
• “level_4”
• “level_5”
• “level_6”
• “level_7”
• “level_8”
• “level_l”
• “level_m”
• “level_q”
• “level_h”
• “default”
width -
height -
size -
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “no_feed”
• “feed”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value

437
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
TM-U220
Printer Specifications
Elements for which restricted parameter setting values can be specified
PrinterControl XML
• <text>
Item
76mm Specifi-
cation
69.5mm Speci-
fication
57.5mm Speci-
fication
Amount of initial feed 12 dots
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
lang
• “en”
• “de”
• “fr”
• “it”
• “es”
• “ko”
• “ko-kr”
• “zh-hans”
• “zh-cn”
• “zh-hant”
• “zh-tw”
font
• “font_a”
• “font_b”
smooth
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
dw
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
dh
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
width • “1” to “8”
height • “1” to “8”
ul
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
em
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
color
• “color_1”
• “color_2”

438
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <feed>
• <image>
• <barcode>
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
linespc • “0” to “255”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
unit • “0” to “255”
line • “0” to “255”
linespc • “0” to “255”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
width • “0” to “65535”
height • “0” to “65535”
color
• “color_1”
• “color_2”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
mode • “mono”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “upc_a”
• “upc_e”
• “ean13”
• “jan13”
• “ean8”
• “jan8”
• “code39”
• “itf”
• “codabar”
• “code93”
• “code128”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value

439
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <cut>
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “no_feed”
• “feed”

440
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
TM-H6000IV
Printer Specifications
Elements for which restricted parameter setting values can be specified
PrinterControl XML
• <text>
Item 58mm Specification 80mm Specification
Amount of initial feed 30 dots
Initial page mode area 360 x 831 dots 512 x 831 dots
Maximum page mode area 360 x 1662 dots 512 x 1662 dots
Baseline of Font A 21 dots from the top of the character
Baseline of Font B 16 dots from the top of the character
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
lang
• “en”
• “de”
• “fr”
• “it”
• “es”
• “zh-hans”
• “zh-cn”
• “zh-hant”
• “zh-tw”
font
• “font_a”
• “font_b”
smooth
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
dw
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
dh
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
width • “1” to “8”
height • “1” to “8”
reverse
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
ul
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”

441
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <feed>
• <image>
em
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
color • “color_1”
x • “0” to “65535”
y • “0” to “65535”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
linespc • “0” to “255”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
unit • “0” to “255”
line • “0” to “255”
linespc • “0” to “255”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
width • “0” to “65535”
height • “0” to “65535”
color • “color_1”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
mode • “mono”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value

442
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <barcode>
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “upc_a”
• “upc_e”
• “ean13”
• “jan13”
• “ean8”
• “jan8”
• “code39”
• “itf”
• “codabar”
• “code93”
• “code128”
• “gs1_128”
• “gs1_databar_omnidirectional”
• “gs1_databar_truncated”
• “gs1_databar_limited”
• “gs1_databar_expanded”
hri
• “none”
• “above”
• “below”
• “both”
font
• “font_a”
• “font_b”
width • “2” to “6”
height • “1” to “255”
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”

443
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Printer-specific Support Information
• <symbol>
• <cut>
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “pdf417_standard”
• “pdf417_truncated”
• “qrcode_model_1”
• “qrcode_model_2”
• “maxicode_mode_2”
• “maxicode_mode_3”
• “maxicode_mode_4”
• “maxicode_mode_5”
• “maxicode_mode_6”
• “gs1_databar_stacked”
• “gs1_databar_stacked_omnidirectional”
• “gs1_databar_expanded_stacked”
level
• “level_0”
• "level_1" (default value)
• “level_2”
• “level_3”
• “level_4”
• “level_5”
• “level_6”
• “level_7”
• “level_8”
• “level_l”
• “level_m”
• “level_q”
• “level_h”
• “default”
width -
height -
size -
align
• “left”
• “center”
• “right”
rotate
• "true" / "1”
• “false” / “0”
Attribute Specificable Setting Value
type
• “no_feed”
• “feed”

444
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Usage restriction by firmware version
Usage restriction by firmware version
Availability and restrictions on using the elements and attributes differ by the version of firmware of the printer.
For how to check or update the version of the firmware, refer to the Technical Reference Guide of the printer.
❏ Supported with ePOS-Device Service Ver.2.2 or later
❏ Supported with ePOS-Device Service Ver.2.5 or later
Message Element Child element Attribute Value
<device_data> <type>print</type> <epos-print> force -
<text> lang “zh-hans”
“zh-hant”
<symbol> type “azteccode_fullrange”
“azteccode_compact”
“datamatrix_square”
“datamatrix_rectangle_8”
“datamatrix_rectangle_12”
“datamatrix_rectangle_16”
level Integer (5 to 95)
<sound> pattern “pattern_1”
“pattern_2”
“pattern_3”
“pattern_4”
“pattern_5”
“pattern_6”
“pattern_7”
“pattern_8”
“pattern_9”
“pattern_10”
cycle -
<layout> --
<recovery> --
<reset> --
Message Element Child element Attribute Value
<open_commbox> ----
<close_commbox> ----
<commbox_data> <type>getcommhistory</type> -- -

445
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Usage restriction by firmware version
❏ Supported with ePOS-Device Service Ver.2.6 or later
❏ Supported with ePOS-Device Service Ver.3.0 or later
❏ Supported with ePOS-Device Service Ver.4.0 or later
<open_device> data type - “type_dt”
<device_data> <type>shutdown</type> -- -
<type>onshutdown</type> -- -
<type>lock</type> -- -
<type>unlock</type> -- -
<type>print</type> -- -
<type>onxmlresult</type> -- -
<type>slipcancel</type> -- -
<type>endorsecancel</type> -- -
<type>micrread</type> -- -
<type>micrcleaning</type> -- -
<type>micrcancel</type> -- -
<type>eject</type> -- -
<type>onreceive</type> -- -
Message Element Child element Attribute Value
<device_data> <type>print</type> printjobid - -
<type>onxmlresult</type> printjobid - -
<type>print</type> <response> success -
code ‘EX_SPOOLER'
‘JobNotFound'
‘Printing'
status “0x80000000”
<symbol> type “qrcode_micro”
Message Element Child element Attribute Value
<commbox_data> <type>getcommhistory</type> all_history --
<device_data> <type>restart</type> -- -
<type>onrestart</type> -- -
Message Element Child element Attribute Value
<open_device> data type - “type_poskeyboard”
“type_otherperiph-
eral”
Message Element Child element Attribute Value

446
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Usage restriction by firmware version
❏ Supported with ePOS-Device Service Ver.3.1 or later
❏ Supported with ePOS-Device Service Ver.2.9 or later, but earlier than 3.0.
<device_data>
POSKeyboard
----
<device_data>
OtherPeripheral
----
Message Element Child element Attribute Value
<device_data> <type>slipwaitinsertion</type> -- -
<type>slipprint2</type> -- -
<type>endorsewaitinsertion</type> -- -
<type>endorseprint2</type> -- -
<type>validationwaitinsertion</type> -- -
<type>validationprint2</type> -- -
<type>validationcancel</type> -- -
<type>micrread</type> waittime - -
<type>micrcleaning</type> waittime - -
<type>onreceive</type> code - 'CANCEL'
-
'ERROR_CANCEL_-
FAILED'
-
'ERROR_NOT_SUP-
PORTED'
- 'ERROR_WAIT_EJECT'
- 'EPTR_SCHEMAERROR'
-
'EPTR_PA-
PER_PULLED_OUT'
- 'EPTR_CUTTER'
- 'EPTR_REC_EMPTY'
-
'EMICR_PA-
PER_PULLED_OUT'
<device_data> <type>onreceive</type> status - “0x04000000”
- “0x08000000”
- “0x20000000”
- “0x40000000”
Message Element Child element Attribute Value
<device_data>
Storage
----
Message Element Child element Attribute Value

447
Chapter 5 Device Specifications - Usage restriction by firmware version
❏ Supported with ePOS-Device Service Ver.5.1 or later
Message Element Child element Attribute Value
<device_data> <type>display</type> <screen> --
<screen> --
<textarea> --
<text>
lang “mul”
color -
<backgroundcolor> --
<slideshow> --
<downloadimage> --
<registerdownloadimage> --
<nvimage> --
<clearimage> --
<symbol> --
<clearsymbol> --

448
Chapter 6 Sample Program - Outline
Sample Program
This chapter describes the sample program.
Outline
The sample program provides the function to scan data with the barcode scanner and print this data.
A sample program for an Android/ iOS environment is provided in the ePOS-Device XML.
<Android> <iOS>

449
Chapter 6 Sample Program - Building Environment for Android
Building Environment for Android
Environment
Device
❏ Printer
• TM-DT Series
• TM-i Series (TM-i firmware Ver.4.0 or later)
❏ Barcode Scanner
Execution environment
This section explains the following environments. Information such as the webpage URLs and versions of files to
download is current as of February, 2013. Read the information you need depending on your environment.
❏ Java SE Development Kit 6 Update 37
❏ Eclipse Classic 4.2.1
❏ Android SDK Tools
❏ ADT Plugin 20.0.3
❏ Sample Program(ePOS-Device_Sample_XML_Vx.x.x.zip)
Flow of environment construction
❏ Flow of environment construction for TM-DT Series (p.450)
❏ Flow of environment construction for TM-T88VI-iHUB (p.452)
❏ Flow of environment construction for other TM-i Series (p.453)

450
Chapter 6 Sample Program - Building Environment for Android
Flow of environment construction for TM-DT Series
The following illustrates the flow of constructing the environment for the sample program.
2. Setting Up Eclipse (p.457)
Construct Eclipse on the computer for setting.
1. Installing Java SE Development Kit (p.455)
Download and install Java SE Development Kit on the computer for setting.
5. Importing the Sample Program (p.468)
Import the sample program to Eclipse.
4. Installing ADT Plugin (p.464)
Install the ADT Plugin on Eclipse.
3. Setting Up Android SDK Manager (p.459)
Construct Android SDK Manager on the computer for setting.
6. Network Settings
Configure the system and TM-DT network settings. For the TM-DT network settings, use
either of the following procedures:
• Configuring Windows network settings with TM-DT using EPSON TMNet WebConfig
• Installing EpsonNet Config in an external device (Windows computer) to be used for
configuration
For information about EPSON TMNet WebConfig, refer to the Technical Reference Guide of
the TM-DT series.

452
Chapter 6 Sample Program - Building Environment for Android
Flow of environment construction for TM-T88VI-iHUB
The following illustrates the flow of constructing the environment for the sample program.
2. Setting Up Eclipse (p.457)
Construct Eclipse on the computer for setting.
1. Installing Java SE Development Kit (p.455)
Download and install Java SE Development Kit on the computer for setting.
5. Importing the Sample Program (p.468)
Import the sample program to Eclipse.
4. Installing ADT Plugin (p.464)
Install the ADT Plugin on Eclipse.
3. Setting Up Android SDK Manager (p.459)
Construct Android SDK Manager on the computer for setting.
6. Connection of barcode scanner to TM-T88VI-iHUB
Connect a barcode scanner to TM-T88VI-iHUB.
7. Network Settings
Using TM-T88VI Utility, configure the network settings of TM-T88VI-iHUB.
For more details, see the TM-T88VI Utility User's Manual.
8. Setting the Barcode Scanner (p.32)
Using TM-T88VI Utility, register the barcode scanner to the TM-T88VI-iHUB printer to be
connected to the printer.

453
Chapter 6 Sample Program - Building Environment for Android
Flow of environment construction for other TM-i Series
The following illustrates the flow of constructing the environment for the sample program.
2. Setting Up Eclipse (p.457)
Construct Eclipse on the computer for setting.
1. Installing Java SE Development Kit (p.455)
Download and install Java SE Development Kit on the computer for setting.
5. Importing the Sample Program (p.468)
Import the sample program to Eclipse.
4. Installing ADT Plugin (p.464)
Install the ADT Plugin on Eclipse.
3. Setting Up Android SDK Manager (p.459)
Construct Android SDK Manager on the computer for setting.
6. Connection of barcode scanner to TM-i
Connect a barcode scanner to TM-i.

455
Chapter 6 Sample Program - Building Environment for Android
Installing Java SE Development Kit
Download and install JDK (Java Development Kit).
Downloading JDK
1
Access the following URL and download Java SE 6 JDK.
http://www.oracle.com/technetwork/java/javase/downloads/index.html
2
The Java SE Downloads window appears. Select [Accept License Agreement] and select the file
to be installed. Save the file to a desired location.
(In this manual, download Windows x86 to construct the environment.)

456
Chapter 6 Sample Program - Building Environment for Android
Installing JDK
1
Start the downloaded file. The following window appears. Click the [Next] button.
2
Select the function to install and click the [Next] button. To change the installation destination,
click the [Change] button and change the destination.
(In this manual, the default destination is used.)
3
Installation starts.
4
When installation completes, the following window appears. Click the [Finish] button.

457
Chapter 6 Sample Program - Building Environment for Android
Setting Up Eclipse
Download, install and set up Eclipse.
Downloading Eclipse
Access the following URL and download Eclipse. Save the file to a desired location.
(In this manual, download and set up Eclipse Classic)
http://www.eclipse.org/downloads/
Installing Eclipse and Configuring Initial Settings
1
Extract the downloaded file to a desired location.
(In this manual, extract the file under "C:".)
2
Double-click "eclipse.exe" to start Eclipse.
3
Set up the work folder during Eclipse startup process. Click the [OK] button.
(In this manual, the default settings are used.)

458
Chapter 6 Sample Program - Building Environment for Android
Setting Proxy for Eclipse
Use this operation when proxy setting is required for Internet connection. If not required, this operation is
unnecessary.
1
Select [Window] - [Preferences].
2
Select [General]-[Network Connections] from the left column. Set the proxy and click the [OK]
button.

459
Chapter 6 Sample Program - Building Environment for Android
Setting Up Android SDK Manager
Download and install Android SDK Manager. Create Android Virtual Device.
Downloading Android SDK Manager
Access the following URL and download Android SDK Manager.
(In this manual, download the installer for Windows.)
http://developer.android.com/sdk/index.html
Installing Android SDK Manager
1
Start the downloaded file. The following window appears. Click the [Next] button.
2
Click the [Next] button.
If JDK is not installed, it is notified at this point.

460
Chapter 6 Sample Program - Building Environment for Android
3
Specify the user destination. Click the [Next] button.
(In this manual, the default settings are used.)
4
Specify the Install location destination. Click the [Next] button.
(In this manual, the default settings are used.)
5
Specify the name to be registered to Start Menu. Click the [Install] button.

461
Chapter 6 Sample Program - Building Environment for Android
6
When installation completes, click the [Next] button.
7
Clear the [Start SDK Manager] checkbox. Click the [Finish] button.

462
Chapter 6 Sample Program - Building Environment for Android
Setting Android SDK Manager
1
Start Android SDK Manager.
[Start]-[All Programs]-[Android SDK Tools]-[SDK Manager]
2
When the proxy setting is required, select [Tools]-[Options].
3
The proxy setting window appears. Set the proxy and click the [Close] button.
4
Select the version of the device to develop and [Android Support Library] inside [Extras], then
click [Install XX packages...].
On Windows Vista or later, it is required to run Android SDK Manager as the administrator.
To run as the administrator, right-click Android SDK Manager and select [Run as administrator].
If Android SDK Manager is not run as the administrator, package download will fail.

463
Chapter 6 Sample Program - Building Environment for Android
5
Select [Accept All] and click the [Install] button. Installation of Virtual Device starts.

464
Chapter 6 Sample Program - Building Environment for Android
Installing ADT Plugin
install ADT (Android Development Tools) Plugin.
1
Start Eclipse. Select [Help]-[Install New Software].
2
Click the [Add] button.
3
Enter [Name] and [Location], and click the [OK] button.
To execute this operation, the computer must be connected to the Internet. If the proxy setting is required
for Internet connection, refer to Setting Proxy for Eclipse (p.458).
Item Description
Name ADT Plugin
Location https://dl-ssl.google.com/android/eclipse/

465
Chapter 6 Sample Program - Building Environment for Android
4
Select the [Developer Tools] checkbox and click the [Next] button.
5
Confirm the plugin to be installed, and click the [Next] button.
6
After confirming the terms of the license agreement, select the [I accept...] checkbox and click
the [Finish] button.

466
Chapter 6 Sample Program - Building Environment for Android
7
Installation starts. If the following window appears, click the [OK] button.
8
Click the [Yes] button to restart Eclipse.
9
Select [Window] - [Preferences].
10
Select [Android] from the left column. Click the [Browse...] button to display the Android folder
where SDK Manager is installed.
(In this manual, display "C:\Program Files\Android\android-sdk".)

467
Chapter 6 Sample Program - Building Environment for Android
11
Click the [Apply] button. Confirm that the installed package is displayed.

468
Chapter 6 Sample Program - Building Environment for Android
Importing the Sample Program
Import the sample program to Eclipse.
1
Extract ePOS-Device_Sample_XML_Vx.x.x.zip, and save it to any folder.
2
Start Eclipse. Select [File]-[Import].
3
Select [General]-[Existing Projects into Workspace]. Click the [Next] button.

469
Chapter 6 Sample Program - Building Environment for Android
4
Click the [Browse...] button to display the saved sample program. Select the [Copy projects into
workspace] checkbox and click the [Finish] button.
5
Confirm that the application has been properly imported.

470
Chapter 6 Sample Program - Building Environment for Android
Setting the Barcode Scanner
Register the barcode scanner to be controlled by ePOS-Device XML into printer. Configure the settings using
EPSON TMNet WebConfig.
EPSON TMNet WebConfig can be launched from your web browser.
Set the following.
For details on settings used, refer to the Technical Reference Guide for each printer.
Setting Setting Value
Device ID local_scanner
Device name Select the relevant device from the list.
Control Script Scanner_Generic.js

471
Chapter 6 Sample Program - Building Environment for iOS
Building Environment for iOS
Environment
Device
❏ Printer
• TM-DT Series
• TM-i Series (TM-i firmware Ver.4.0 or later)
❏ Barcode Scanner
Execution environment
This section explains the following environments. Information such as the webpage URLs and versions of files to
download is current as of February, 2013. Read the information you need depending on your environment.
❏ Mac OS X 10.7.5
❏ Apple Xcode 4.5.2
❏ iOS SDK 6.0
❏ Sample Program(ePOS-Device_Sample_XML_Vx.x.x.zip)
Flow of environment construction
❏ Flow of environment construction for TM-DT Series (p.472)
❏ Flow of environment construction for TM-T88VI-iHUB (p.473)
❏ Flow of environment construction for other TM-i Series (p.474)

472
Chapter 6 Sample Program - Building Environment for iOS
Flow of environment construction for TM-DT Series
The following illustrates the flow of constructing the environment for the sample program.
1. Network Settings
Configure the system and TM-DT network settings. For the TM-DT network settings, use
either of the following procedures:
• Configuring Windows network settings with TM-DT using EPSON TMNet WebConfig
• Installing EpsonNet Config in an external device (Windows computer) to be used for
configuration
For information about EPSON TMNet WebConfig, refer to the Technical Reference Guide of
the TM-DT series.
2. Connection of barcode scanner to TM-DT
Connect a barcode scanner to TM-DT.
3. Setting the Barcode Scanner (p.475)
Register the barcode scanner to be connected into TM-DT. Make registration using a Web
browser.
4. Setting the Sample Program (p.475)

473
Chapter 6 Sample Program - Building Environment for iOS
Flow of environment construction for TM-T88VI-iHUB
The following illustrates the flow of constructing the environment for the sample program.
4. Setting the Sample Program (p.475)
1. Connection of barcode scanner to TM-T88VI-iHUB
Connect a barcode scanner to TM-T88VI-iHUB.
2. Network Settings
Using TM-T88VI Utility, configure the network settings of TM-T88VI-iHUB.
For more details, see the TM-T88VI Utility User's Manual.
3. Setting the Barcode Scanner (p.32)
Using TM-T88VI Utility, register the barcode scanner to the TM-T88VI-iHUB printer to be
connected to the printer.

474
Chapter 6 Sample Program - Building Environment for iOS
Flow of environment construction for other TM-i Series
The following illustrates the flow of constructing the environment for the sample program.
2. Network Settings
Make the network settings for the TM-i, using EPSON TMNet WebConfig.
3. Setting the Barcode Scanner (p.475)
Register the barcode scanner to be connected into TM-i. Make registration using an EPSON
TMNet WebConfig.
4. Setting the Sample Program (p.475)
1. Connection of barcode scanner to TM-i
Connect a barcode scanner to TM-i.

475
Chapter 6 Sample Program - Building Environment for iOS
Setting the Barcode Scanner
Register the barcode scanner to be controlled by ePOS-Device XML into printer. Configure the settings using
EPSON TMNet WebConfig.
EPSON TMNet WebConfig can be launched from your web browser.
Set the following.
Setting the Sample Program
Configure the settings in the following procedure:
1
Expand ePOS-Device_Sample_XML_Vx.x.x.zip.
2
Start XCode and open the [ePOS-DeviceXMLSample.xcodeproj] project file.
3
When the project is opened, the project settings and source files will be displayed.
4
From the options displayed when [Set Active Executable] is selected, select an iPhone or iPad
file.
For details on settings used, refer to the Technical Reference Guide for each printer.
Setting Setting Value
Device ID local_scanner
Device name Select the relevant device from the list.
Control Script Scanner_Generic.js

476
Chapter 6 Sample Program - Executing Sample Program
Executing Sample Program
Android
You can execute the sample program using the following methods.
❏ Executing with an emulator(p.476)
❏ Ex
ecuting with an Android device(p.479)
Executing with an emulator
Execute the program using the following procedure.
1
Start Android Virtual Device Manager. After it starts, click the [New...] button.
[Start]-[All Programs]-[Android SDK Tools]-[AVD Manager]
The iOS can be run with iOS Simulator.

477
Chapter 6 Sample Program - Executing Sample Program
2
Select the name of the virtual device to create and the OS version of the virtual device. Input any
value for [Name], and make selections for [Target] and [CPU/ABI]. Then click the [Create AVD]
button.
3
The created virtual device is displayed.
4
Click the button to run Eclipse.

478
Chapter 6 Sample Program - Executing Sample Program
5
For the initial startup, the window to confirm the execution type appears. Select [Android
Application] and click the [OK] button.
6
The emulator starts and the application is executed.

479
Chapter 6 Sample Program - Executing Sample Program
Executing with an Android device
Execute the program using the following procedure.
1
Install the USB driver for the Android Debug Bridge (ADB) for the Android device you are using.
For more information about USB drivers for Android devices and their installation, see the site at the following URL.
http://developer.android.com/tools/extras/oem-usb.html
2
Make the following settings on your Android device:
• Go to [Settings] - [Applications] , and enable [Unknown sources].
• Select [Settings] - [Applications] - [Development] , and enable [USB debugging].
3
Connect the Android device to your computer via USB.
4
Enable the AndroidManifest.xml debugging file in the sample application.
Double-click [AndroidManifest.xml]. On the [Application] tab, set [Debuggable] to "true", and
save the settings.
If you are unable to find an ADB USB driver for the device you are using at the site linked to above,
search the website of the manufacturer of your device.

480
Chapter 6 Sample Program - Executing Sample Program
5
Click the Run button in Eclipse.
If it is being run for the first time, the following window will appear. Select [Android Application],
and click the [OK] button.
6
The sample application is installed and run on the Android device.

481
Chapter 6 Sample Program - How to Use the Sample Program
How to Use the Sample Program
Use the sample program using the following procedure.
1
Perform application settings.
Set as follows.
2
Click or tap [connect].
3
Confirm that "Connect to server success" is displayed on the bottom of the screen.
4
Scan a barcode using the barcode scanner.
Setting Item Description
IP Address Input the printer's IP address.
DeviceID Printer Input "local_printer".
DeviceID Scanner Input "local_scanner".

482
Chapter 6 Sample Program - How to Use the Sample Program
5
If the barcode is properly scanned, the scan result is displayed in [OnData].
6
Click or tap [print] to print the scan result.
7
If it is printed properly, "Print success" is displayed on the bottom of the screen.




